Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Mark Sauer Construction Inc; 2018-03-15; PWS18-85PKS
\~ RECORDED REQUESTED BY CITY OF CARLSBAD AND WHEN RECORDED PLEASE MAIL TO: City Clerk City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 DOC# 2019-0145216 111111111111 lllll 111111111111111111111111111111 IIIII IIIII 1111111111111 Apr 22, 2019 02:22 PM OFFICIAL RECORDS Ernest J. Dronenburg, Jr., SAN DIEGO COUNTY RECORDER FEES $0.00 (SB2 Atkins: $0 00) PAGES: 1 Space above this line for Recorder's use. PARCEL NO: NOTICE OF COMPLETION· Notice is hereby given that: 1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full names of the undersigned are City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation 3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008. 4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee. 5. A work or improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on April 2, 2019. 6. The name of the contractor for such work or improvement is Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. 7. The property on which said work or improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as follows: Contract No. 4737, PWS18-85PKS, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair. 8. The location of said property is 6200 Flying Leo Carrillo Ln., in the City of Carlsbad. VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK I, the undersigned, say: I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008; the City Manager of said City on a~ I 1 I 20.!!i__, accepted the above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on ~ Ir , 20_!J_, at Carlsbad, California. Q:\Public Works\PW Common\CAPITAL-ACTIVE\4737 Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair\Supporting lnfo\NOC (Public and Private) -4737 Leo Carillo Ranch Historical Park Maintenance & Repairs.doc CITY OF CARLSBAD ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS COMPLETION OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. has completed the contract work required for Contract No. 4737, PWS18-85PKS, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair. City forces have inspected the work and found it to be satisfactory. The work consisted of: IMPROVEMENTS City VALUE Repair and maintenance of Leo Carrillo Ranch $157,912 Historic Park CERTIFICATION OF COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS ~rtnWanager 04 lo:2-fzdtO.., Date I CITY MANAGER'S ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS The construction of the above described contract is deemed complete and hereby accepted. The City Clerk is hereby authorized to record the Notice of Completion and release the bonds in accordance with State Law and City Ordinances. The City of Carlsbad is hereby improvements. £b1~ ~ Scott Ch 1ek, City Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA BREWER, City Attorney directed to commence maintaining the above described Date Q:\Publ1c Works\PW Common\CAPITAL-ACTIVE\4737 Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair\Supporting lnfo\API -4737 Leo Carillo Ranch Historical Park Maintenance & Repairs.doc Project: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair , Change Order No. 2 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 2 PROJECT: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair CONTRACT NO. 4737 P.O. NO. P135627 ACCOUNT NO. 370700-9060/47371-9066 CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Corona, CA 92881 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Item 2: Item 3: Replace full length of fascia on west and south sides, repair all rafter tails on west side and three rafter tails on east side, remove and replace roofing as needed for repairs and paint finished carpentry at Cantina. Add five (5) additional working days for extra work. Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $5,210.84 Repair additional deteriorated wood around Hacienda kitchen patio door. Add one (1) additional working day. Increase to contract cost. .................................................................... $726.81 Replace one (1) full-sized wood rafter, salvage existing roof tiles, remove and replace one-ply roof deck, install new underlayment, and reinstall roof tiles on Hacienda courtyard patio. Add five (5) additional working days. Increase to contract cost. ................................................................. $6,096.73 Project: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair , Change Order No. 2 Item 4: Add 156 square feet to Bid Item A-8 (Hacienda Roof East & Courtyard Facade Wood Deck). Add nine (9) additional working days. Increase to contract cost ................................................................. $11,797.87 Item 5: Add nine (9) rafter tail repairs to Bid Item A-5 (Hacienda East, South & Courtyard Roof). · Item 6: Item 7: Item 8: Item 9: Increase to contract cost .................................................................. $3, 178.62 Extend the contract time by nine (9) working days due to rain delays. Increase to contract cost. ....................................................................... $0.00 Delete galvanized sheet metal cap at exposed beam ends at two sites on Sheet D.03, Detail 2. Decrease to contract cost. .................................................................. ($90.32) Delete metal edge detail on Sheet D.03 Detail 1 for roof repair. Decrease to contract cost. ................................................................. ($443.16) Delete Bid Item A-7 (Hacienda East Roof and Courtyard Fac;ade). Decrease to contract cost. ............................................................... ($6,960.00) TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST ................................................. $19,517.39 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE INCREASED BY TWENTY-NINE (29) WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. .. Project: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair Change Order No. 2 ~COMMEND D BY: it ................ YLV'AA i 5 /1 CJ MUNICI ~L PROJEC S MANAGER (DATE) ~~ .;:fr/;1 ENGINEERING MANAGER (DAT1=) z ?o( (DATE) (DATE) FINANC3.?IRE£,TOR.. (DATE) /Z11ft>-.2,?!r '1 1 xi CITY MANAGEB,,/MAYOR (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: PROJECT FILE (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING, CONTRACTOR Project: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair Change Order No. 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 PROJECT: Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair CONTRACT NO. 4737 ACCOUNT NO. 3707000 9060 47371 9066 CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. ADDRESS: 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Corona, CA 92881 P.O. NO. P135627 The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein. Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work including charges for field overhead, extended home office overhead, delays, disruptions, cumulative impacts, loss of efficiency, extended equipment costs and overtime premium costs and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and riot in conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor or his/her designee. Pursuant to Section 3 of the General Provisions of this contract, perform the following: Item 1: Increase contract completion time by 122 working days to coordinate with event usage at Leo Carrillo Park. Completion date is extended from Aug. 3, 2018 to Jan. 31, 2019. TOTAL CHANGE TO CONTRACT COST ............................................................ $0.00 TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE EXTENDED BY 122 WORKING DAYS AS A RESULT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER. . ·, Project: 4737, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair Change Order No. 1 RECOMMENDED BY: ~~ '1//(.(1 '! MUNJru>AlPRJECTSM/>:AG ER (DATE) (DATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM : ~ ?7301,i CITY ATTORNEY (DATE) DISTRIBUTION: PROJECT FILE (ORIGINAL), PURCHASING, CONTRACTOR (DATE) I I CITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL PROVISIONS AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 PWS18-85PKS l"\ •ff Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 1 of 220 Pages TABLE OF CONTENTS Notice Inviting Bids ................................................................................................................ 6 Contractor's Proposal ........................................................................................................... 11 Bid Security Form ................................................................................................................. 23 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal ................................................................................. 24 Guide for Completing the "Designation of Subcontractors" Form .......................................... 25 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items .............................. 27 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience ........................................................ 28 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation .................................................................................... 29 Bidder's Statement Re Debarment. ....................................................................................... 30 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record ..................................................................... 31 Noncollusion Declaration to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid ........................ 33 Contract Public Works .......................................................................................................... 34 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................................... .41 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond ................................................................................... .43 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention .................................. .45 l' •;;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 2 of 220 Pages Section 1 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 Section 2 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 Section 3 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 Section 4 4-1 4-2 Section 5 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 Section 6 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 GENERAL PROVISIONS Terms, Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols Terms ........................................................................................................... 48 Definitions .................................................................................................... .48 Abbreviations ................................................................................................ 52 Units of Measure ........................................................................................... 54 Scope and Control of the Work Award and Execution of Contract.. ................................................................ 56 Assignment ................................................................................................... 56 Subcontracts ................................................................................................. 56 Contract Bonds ............................................................................................. 57 Plans and Specifications ............................................................................... 58 Work to be Done ........................................................................................... 61 Authority of Board and Engineer ................................................................... 61 Inspection ..................................................................................................... 62 Changes in Work Changes Requested by the Contractor ......................................................... 63 Changes Initiated by the Agency .................................................................. 63 Extra Work .................................................................................................... 64 Changed Conditions ..................................................................................... 66 Disputed Work .............................................................................................. 68 Control of Materials Materials and Workmanship .......................................................................... 7 4 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ............................................ 78 Utilities Location ........................................................................................................ 79 Protection ..................................................................................................... 79 Removal ....................................................................................................... 80 Relocation ..................................................................................................... 80 Delays .......................................................................................................... 81 Cooperation .................................................................................................. 81 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work .................................... 82 Prosecution of Work ..................................................................................... 85 Suspension of Work ...................................................................................... 86 Default by Contractor .................................................................................... 86 Termination of Contract ................................................................................ 87 Delays and Extensions of Time ..................................................................... 87 Time of Completion ....................................................................................... 88 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty ........................................................ 89 Liquidated Damages ..................................................................................... 89 Use of Improvement during Construction ...................................................... 90 l' •ff Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 3 of 220 Pages Section 7 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 Section 8 Section 9 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 Responsibilities of the Contractor Contractor's Equipment and Facilities ........................................................... 91 Labor ............................................................................................................ 91 Liability Insurance ......................................................................................... 91 Workers' Compensation Insurance ............................................................... 91 Permits ......................................................................................................... 92 The Contractor's Representative .................................................................. 92 Cooperation and Collateral Work .................................................................. 92 Project Site Maintenance .............................................................................. 93 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements .................................... 95 Public Convenience and Safety .................................................................... 96 Patent Fees or Royalties ............................................................................... 97 Advertising .................................................................................................... 97 Laws to be Observed .................................................................................... 97 Antitrust Claims ............................................................................................. 97 Facilities for Agency Personnel (Not Used) Measurement and Payment Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work ............................................. 99 Lump Sum Work ........................................................................................... 99 Payment ....................................................................................................... 99 Bid Items ..................................................................................................... 102 l'\ •+;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 4 of 220 Pages Division 01 01 11 00 01 35 91 Division 02 02 41 19 Division 03 03 01 30 03 33 19 Division 04 04 03 36 04 03 43 Division 05 05 50 00 Division 06 06 01 21 Division 07 07 32 13 07 60 00 07 92 00 Division 09 09 03 20 09 25 26 09 91 00 Appendix A TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS General Requirements Summary of Work ....................................................................................... 103 Historical Treatment Procedures ................................................................. 107 Site Work Selective Demolition ................................................................................... 115 Concrete Maintenance of Concrete ............................................................................ 121 Integral Color Concrete ............................................................................... 130 Masonry Historic Treatment of Adobe Masonry Repairs and Restoration ................... 139 Historic Stone Masonry Repainting and Resetting ....................................... 148 Metals Metal Fabrication ........................................................................................ 159 Wood, Plastic and Composites Finish Carpentry Restoration ...................................................................... 163 Thermal and Moisture Protection Clay Roof Tiles ........................................................................................... 173 Flashing and Sheet Metal ........................................................................... 179 Joint Sealants ............................................................................................. 187 Finishes Historic Treatment of Plaster ....................................................................... 196 Historic Treatment of Lime Wash ................................................................ 203 Painting ...................................................................................................... 208 The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Preservation, National Park Service. Preservation Brief 5: Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings. Preservation Brief 21: Repairing Flat Plaster Walls and Ceilings. Preservation Brief 47: Maintaining the Exterior of Small and Medium Size Historic Buildings. l' .... Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 5 of 220 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS Until January 18, 2018 at 11 a.m., the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: maintenance and repair of ap- proximately 1 O buildings, structures and site features at Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park. Work items include: Adobe wall repair, stone masonry, wall repair, wooq components repair, clay-tile roof repair, repair and restoration of interior and exterior plaster finishes and restoration of dete- riorated components. All work shall follow the Secretary of the Interior's standards for the treat- ment of historie properties. LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 PWS18-85PKS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevoca- ble offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Depart- ment. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be sub- stituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another juris- diction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans, provisions, and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Public Works Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications issued at time of bid opening. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full par- ticulars and description of the work. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contrac- tors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. l' •,;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 6 of 220 Pages BID DOCUMENTS The bid documents comprise the following documents which must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated. 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Noncollusion Declaration 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is $140,000 (One Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars). TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIAL TY CONTRACTORS: The Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience shall be completed to assure the Contractor's and Sub-Contractors' experience with historic projects and The Secretary of the In- terior's Standards for Preservation. A copy of the guidelines are attached as Appendix "A". As a minimum the bidder should have the following experience: 1. The General Contractor shall have experience with three projects completed under The Sec- retary of the Interior's Standards for Preservation. 2. If the General Contractor intends to subcontract any of the following items, the subcontractor is required to have a minimum two projects under The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Preservation. Concrete Adobe Masonry Plaster and Lime Wash Stone Masonry Finish Carpentry Restoration Roofing Wood Doors and Windows l'. •+;' Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 7 of 220 Pages ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submit- ted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: B -General Building. ESCROW AGREEMENT If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 5% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and sub- mitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Bid packages various supplemental provisions and Contract documents may be obtained on the City of Carlsbad web site at www.carlsbadca.gov. Paper copies will not be sold. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the draw- ings and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as herein before spec- ified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Con- tract shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a I current copy of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract. The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5 of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to the Contract for work. l' -~ Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 8 of 220 Pages A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. The Prime Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with Section 1776 of the Labor Code, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, verifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. PRE BID MEETING A MANDATORY pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will be held at 1 :00 PM on Thursday, January 4, 2018 at the Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park, 6200 Flying LC Lane, Carlsbad, CA 92009. Meet at the lower part of the parking lot by the footpath entrance to the park. UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of the corrected totals. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. ADDENDA Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Pro- visions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. l' •;;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 9 of 220 Pages If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 ( commenc- ing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 1 0 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price. The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract. December 20, 2017 Date Deputy Clerk l' •+;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 10 of 220 Pages [ 1/Jf//Jr/ le> CITY OF CARLSBA6£i;'S -,-..,;-,',;-1....c· ~--U..r;;,h;_~---- LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 City Council City of Carlsbad CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 4737 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in as full payment for the work the total bid value stipulated below in the Schedules comprising the basis of award. Accordingly, the Schedule Items listed below and made a part of the basis of award will become the effective schedule of values for monthly progress payments. The Schedule Unit Prices listed below and made a part of the basis of award will be used to substantiate any change orders that arise during the prosecution of the work. SCHEDULE "A" Hacienda, BBQ Area, Deedie's House, Cantina and Cabana Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures} A-1 Hacienda Room 106: (H 1) LS $ 271.00 Hardware Repair Two hundred sevent~-one (Price in Words) A-2 Hacienda Interior Rooms 101, 23 SF $ 209.43 $ 4,817.00 106 & 109, North Fac;ade (out- side room 106), & Courtyard Column: (P2) Plaster Crack & Repair Two hundred nine and 43/100 (Unit Price in Words) {'\ •ti Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 11 of 220 Pages Item No. A-3 Description Hacienda West Red Carpet: (C1) Repair All Cracks and Spalls at Three (3) Red Car- pet Areas Approximate Quantity and Unit LS Three thousand five hundred sixty (Price in Words) A-4 Hacienda Far;ade (outside Room 103, 106 & 114): (P1) Route & Fill Cracks in Plaster 35 LF One b1mdred thirty-seven and 71/100 (Unit Price in Words) Unit Price (Figures) $ 137.71 ----- A-5 Hacienda East, South & Courtyard Roof: (W1) Repair Damage to Lower 9" of Rafter Tail Ends Using Epoxy-Resin Wood Consolidant & Patching Compound 11 TAI LS $. ___ 3_5_3_.1_8 Three hundred fifty three and 18/100 (Unit Price in Words) A-6 Hacienda East & Courtyard Roof: (W2) Remove & Re- place Deteriorated Rafter Tails One thousand eighty-five (Unit Price in Words) A-7 Hacienda Roof East & Court- yard Far;ade: (T1) Replace- ment of Missing or Broken Clay Tiles (10%) Ninety-nine and 42/100 (Unit Price in Words) l' •+;' Revised 7 /19/17 3 TAILS $ __ 1_,_,o_a_s_.o_o 70 SF $ 99.42 ----- Contract No. 4737 $ $ $ $ $ Total Amount (Figures) 3,560.00 4,820.00 3,885.00 3,255.00 6,960.00 Page 12 of 220 Pages Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) (Figures) A-8 Hacienda Roof East & Court-170 SF $ 75.88 $ 12,900.00 yard Fac;ade Wood Deck: (T2) Salvage Existing Roof Tiles, Remove & Replace One-Ply Roof Deck, Install New Under- layment, Reinstall Salvaged Roof Tile. Provide Additional Roof Tile per T1 Seltellty-fote alld 88£:l 00 (Unit Pnce in Words) A-9 Hacienda Roof North Fac;ade: 2 LF $ 571.00 $ 1,142.00 (W5) Repair Deteriorated Wood by Patching with New Wood Five hundred seventy-one (Unit Price in Words) A-10 Hacienda Roof West Court-2 SITES $ 1,500.00 $ 3,000.00 yard Fac;ade: (W6) Repair End of Beam Using Epoxy- Resin Wood Consolidant and Patching Compound. Provide New GSM Beam Cap. One thousand five hundred (Unit Price in Words) A-11 Hacienda Roof South Fa-6 UNITS $ 433.33 $ 2,600.00 c;ade: (A2) Adobe Veneer Re- pair 12" by 4" by 4" Eo11c b1mdced tbi~-tbcee aod 33/100 (Unit Price in Wor s) A-12 BBQ Area: (C4) Remove & 110 SF $ 60.72 $ 6,680.00 Replace Concrete Slab (sal- vage & reinstall stone pedes- tal) Sixt~ aad Z2Lj 00 (Unit Price in Words) l'\ .... Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 13 of 220 Pages Item No. Description A-13 BBQ Area: (C2) Concrete Crack Repair (do not disturb historic emblem or writing at concrete slab) Nine hundred ten (Unit Price in Words) A-14 BBQ Area: (S2) Stone Resto- ration Repair & Repainting Four hundred twenty (Unit Price in Words) A-15 BBQ Area: (S3) Stone Wall Repair to Match Adjacent Construction Approximate Quantity and Unit 4 LF 20 LF 7 LF Six hundred eighty-five and 71/100 (Unit Price in Words) A-16 Deedie's House Interior, North, East & West Fac;ade: (A 1) Adobe Crack Repair. Preserve original drawings in fac;ade. One hundred two and 31/100 (Unit Price in Words) A-17 Deedie's House North & West Fac;ade: (A3) Adobe Wall Build-Out and Mud Plaster Repair A-18 Deedie's House East & West Fac;ade: (W3) Wood Log Re- placement at Window Lintel 54 LF 20 LF 2 SITES One thousand seven hundred thirty-five (Unit Price in Words) Unit Price (Figures) $ 910.00 ----- $ 420.00 ----- $ 685.71 ----- $ 102.31 ----- $ ___ 2_76_.5_0 $ 1,735.00 l' •+r Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 $ $ $ $ $ $ Total Amount (Figures) 3,640.00 8,400.00 4,800.00 5,525.00 5,530.00 3,470.00 Page 14 of 220 Pages Item No. Description Approximate Quantity and Unit Unit Price (Figures) A-19 Cantina North, East & West 18 UNITS $ __ 2_3_4_.7_2_ Fa<;ade: (A2) Adobe Veneer Repair 12" by 4 " by 4" Two hundred thirty-four and 72/100 (Unit Price in Words) A-20 Cantina East Fa<;ade: (P2) Repair Cracked & Delami- nated Plaster 10 SF Three hundred ninety-three and 50/100 (Unit Price in Words) A-21 Cantina West Fa9ade: (W5) Replace Deteriorated Wood With New Wood Fascia 3 LF Two hundred fortfone and 66/100 (Unit Price in Words A-22 Cantina East Fa<;ade: Wood Log Replacement at Window Lintel 1 SITE Seven hundred twenty-five (Unit Price in Words) A-23 Cantina East & West Fa<;ade: (D1) Provide Gutter and Downspout For Length of Roof 2 SIDES Two thousand two hundred fifty (Unit Price in Words) A-24 Cabana: (B1) Provide New Steel Support at Bar Sink, Re- move, Clean & Re-set Bricks on New Base Two thousand seven hundred forty (Price in Words) LS $ __ 39_3_.5_0_ $ 241.66 ----- $ 725.00 ----- $ 2 250 00 l' •ti Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Total Amount (Figures) $ 4,225.00 $ 3,935.00 $ 725.00 ----- $ 725.00 ----- $ 4,500 00 $ 2,740.00 Page 15 of 220 Pages Item No. A-25 Description Cabana: (C3) Provide New Skim Coat Cement Plaster at Interior of Firebox Eight hundred twenty (Price in Words) Approximate Quantity and Unit LS Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount {Figures) $ 820.00 ----- Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A": ________________ _ One hundred two thousand nine hundred twenty five and no/100 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A": $ 102,925.00 ---------------- SCHEDULE "B" Pump House Item No. Description 8-1 Pump House: (T1) Replace- ment of Missing or Broken Clay Tiles (50%) One hundred seventy-two (Unit Price in Words) 8-2 Pump House: (W4) Rebuild Roof with New and Salvaged Materials Three thousand two hundred fifty (Price in Words) B-3 Pump House: (W5) Repair Deterioration by Patching With New Wood Plate and Wood Cladding at Base Approximate Quantity and Unit 20 SF LS LS Three thousand two hundred fifty (Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "B": Unit Price (Figures) $ 172.00 ----- Total Amount (Figures) $ 3,440.00 $ 3,250.00 $ 3,250.00 ----------------- Nine thousand nine hundred forty and no/100 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "B": $ __ 9_,9_4_0_.0_0 ___________ _ l' •~ Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 16 of 220 Pages SCHEDULE "C" Palm Lane & Near Wash House Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures} (Figures} C-1 Palm Lane: (S 1) Stone Wall 2 SF @50 $ 135.20 $ 6,760.00 Repair & Set New Stone ( 15 SITES SF New Stone) One hundred thirt~-five and 20/100 (Unit Price in Words) C-2 Wash House: 20 LF $ 75.00 $ 1,500.00 (S1) Stone Wall Repair & Set New Stone Seventy Five (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "C": ________________ _ Eight thousand two hundred sixty and no/100 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "C": $ 8,260.00 --------------- SCHEDULE "D" Wash House Item No. Description D-1 Wash House North, South, East & West Wood Deck: (T2) Salvage Existing Roof Tiles, Remove & Replace 1 x Roof Deck, Install New Un- derlayment, Reinstall Sal- vaged Roof Tile One h• mdred forty-nine (Unit Price in Words) -t\ • .,, Revised 7 /19/17 Approximate Quantity and Unit 40 SF Unit Price (Figures} $ 149.00 __ ___;....;;..;;.~ Contract No. 4737 Total Amount (Figures} $ 5,960.00 Page 17 of 220 Pages Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) {Figures) D-2 Wash House North & South 9 TAILS $ 170.55 $ 1,535.00 Roof: (W1) Repair Damage to Lower 9" of Rafter Tail Ends Using Epoxy-Resin Wood Consolidant & Patch- ing Compound One hundred seventy and 55/100 (Unit Price in Words) D-3 Wash House North & South 30 SF $ 192.33 $ 5,770.00 & West Roof: (T1) Replace Missing or Broken Roof Tiles One hundred ninett-two and 33/100 (Unit Price in Words) Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "D": Thirteen thousand two hundred sixty-five and no/100 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "D": $ 13,265.00 ---------------- SCHEDULE "E" Blacksmith House Approximate Item Quantity Unit Price Total Amount No. Description and Unit (Figures) {Figures) E-1 Blacksmith Shop: (A2) 12 UNITS $ 230.00 $ 2,760.00 Adobe Veneer Repair 16" by 4" by6" Two hundred thirty (Unit Price in Words) E-2 Blacksmith Shop: (W1) Re-LS $ 460.00 pair Entire Post at Northeast Corner Four hundred sixty (Price in Words) {'\ •~ Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 18 of 220 Pages Item No. Description E-3 Blacksmith Shop: Repair Door, Frame & Hardware ~ne hWidred ten ( rice inords) E-4 Blacksmith Shop: (D2) Fine Grade To Provide Positive Drainage Away from Exterior Walls at Northeast Wall Six hundred seventy-five (Price in Words) Approximate Quantity and Unit LS LS Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "E": Unit Price (Figures) Total Amount (Figures) $ 110.00 ----- $ 675.00 ----- ------------------ Four thousand five and no/100 4,005.00 Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "E": $ ---------------- Total amount of bid in words including Schedules "A" "B," "C," "D," and E": ________ _ One hundred thirty-eight thousand three hundred ninety-five and no/100 Total amount of bid in numbers including Schedules "A" "B," "C," "D," and E":$ 138,395.00 1) The city shall determine the low Bid based on Schedule "A" plus the following additive alternate schedules "B''+ "C"+ "D"+ "E". 2) After the low Bid has been determined, the city may, at its sole discretion, award the Con- tract for Schedule "A" alone or for Schedule "A" plus any one or more of the additive alter- nate schedules. Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). ____ 1 ____ has/have been received and is/are included in this pro- posal l'\ •+if Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 19 of 220 Pages The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number 500572 , classification B which expires on 5/31/2018 , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is ____ B_o_n_d _________ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-in- surance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. {'\ •,;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 20 of 220 Pages IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State ____________________________ _ (4) Zip Code ________ Telephone No. ______________ _ (5) E-Mail _____________________ _ IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted _________________ _ (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business __________________________ _ (Street and Number) City and State ___________________________ _ (4) Zip Code ________ Telephone No. ______________ _ (5) E-Mail _____________________ _ l' •ff Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 21 of 220 Pages IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (2) President & CEO (Title) Impress Corporate Seal here (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of __ C_a_li_fo_rn_i_a ______ _ (4) Place of Business 19712 Temescal Canyon Road (Street and Number) City and State Corona, CA (5) Zip Code _9_2_88_1 ______ Telephone No. -~(9_5_1-'--) _27_9_-4_2_4_5 ______ _ (6) E-Mail marks@msauer.com NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Mark Sauer -President & CEO Janene Durham -Secretary l' •+;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 22 of 220 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Riverside } ss. ---------- On January 17, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer , ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person~whose namets')__Qi/-a-re-subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that@~executed the same in~eir authorized capacity{.i..&st, and that by ~~r/tbeir signature.Mon the instrument the person(sY, or the entity upon behalf of which the person~cted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ---------- ------ WITNESS my hand and official seal. SJ,d&Nl#~P~ , • J.OURHAM • Notary Public -C1lifornl1 • ' · Riverside County Commission# 2187976 : (Notary Seal) Mv Comm. Exoires Apr 12, 2021 ~ Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title of Type of Document: .~ £J ~ bJ\dJJJ (/Yl~ ; -~ J{Jf!uJL Document Date: __________________ Number of Pages: _ ____c_/ _______ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: lf}1~ ~~ o Individual JA .. ~,)" . 1 ~o rpo rate Officer -Tit le 7) ~ o Partner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing:u/!{A;t~ ): Q)/JiA.JJt RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. , as Principal, and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company , as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) Ten percent of amount bid for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. SIGNED AND SEALED, this -~2~1~s_t ___ day of December , 20---'1'-'-7_ The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company (SEAL) ( 1gnature) drt,L.,~!;,w 772~. +t1£t? I (Surety) By: ~i;FJ=- Cynthia J. Young, Attorney-in-Fact (Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY -ATTACH ATTORNEY-IN-FACT CERTIFICATE) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIAIA. BREWER City Attorney By: De(/$(~ ,, •+i' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 24 of 220 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. 3tate of California ss. County of San Bernardino ) On 12/21/17 before me, Balisha T. Averhart, Notary Public -------,-N,--am_e_a_n_d T=it-le_o_f 0-ff-ice-r-(e-.g-., -,,J~an_e_D-oe-, N~o-ta_ry_P-ub-li-c"-) -------- personally appeared i• o o t o o o e e e e o o e e ,,...,..,."'"".,f a BALISHA T. AVERHART k Commission # 2054826 [ i Notary Public -California ~ z San Bernardino County ~ J • v · ~ ; • o Ml t0Trg-5x~r::,s zag ¼JV&~ Cynthia J Young Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. , 12:>t:7 /4 ~a --r/4 L· ..._;;;,-SignatureoiNotW'Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _______________________________ _ Document Date: --------------Number of Pages: _____________ _ Signer ( s) Other Than Named Above: ----------------------------- Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ______________ _ 0 Individual 0 Corporate Officer Title ------------------0 Partner --0 Limited O General 0 Attorney-in-Fact 0 Trustee D Gu~rdian or Conservator Other: ------------- ,igner is Representing: RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top ofthumb here No. 5133-4 STATE OF CALIFORi"'iTA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS TO CERTIFY, Th(it, pursuar.t to th.e lr..surance Code of fr.e Stare oJCalifornia, The Ohio Casualty I.n.snrance Company of New Hampshire, organized tmder the laws of New Hampshire, subject to its Articles oflncorporalion or other f.mdamen1al organizatior.al documents, is l:ereby au/r,tJr/Zed to transact within this State, s,,;bject to all provlsiollS of this Certificate, t'r.efollowing classes ofinswar,ce: Fin; Marine, Surety, Phte Gla .. u, Li.ability, Workers' Corupemltioo, Common Carrier Liability, Boller and Machinery, Burglary, Cre-dit, Sprinkler, Automobile a.nd ?rfucellru:ieous as such classes are now or may hereafter be defined in tr.e Insurance Laws of the Stcrte of California. TIIlS CERTIFICATE is expressly cor.difi..oned upon the r.alder r.ereof now and r.ereafter being in fall comp/iam:e with all, and not in violation of a,ry, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made !illder authority of the laws of fhe State of California as long as such laws or requiremer.ts are in effect ar.d cpplicahle, and as such laws Gl1d req:rirements r.ow are, or 17'.ay hereafter be c!-.anged or mr.er.ded l'iOTICE: lN WITNESS '\t'HEREOF, effective as of the JY" day of March 2013, I have herewz!o set my har,d and caused nry official seal to be affi-ced this 1 rf' day of March, 2013. By Daye Jones bJ-.ua."tl:« Colffl1liJ.n,cl",u Ve~~~ V alerle J. Sarfaty for Nettie Hoge Cr.ief·I>,pr,ty Q\i4in#J?n with the~ of S= II1D:rt be accomplished as~ by tm California C01Jl0rafuns C<Xk prQ<llptly aftu ~ of this Certi~ of Authority. Failu-e to do so will be a violation oflnsuran~ Cooemtion 701 ar.d wiU be grotilld, for revoking thi3 Cei:ti&aie of Aut.iority pursua:it to the roveiiants mat.le in the llfFlicatlon lhm:for and the ccnditicm contained be~in. ui Cl) .!! C: ... ~ ·-ns "C ::::, e Cl CJ Cl) -::::, o-... ns Cl)> i:::-CI) ns _::::, ! I .i.. - ... ai 0 -Cl) o_ c: ns ~ ... Cl)-Cl (I) ns Cl) Cl ... t:: .!! o.!: E ~ ... .!! o ns _._ "C >, = CJ ns c: > Cl) _ ... 0 ... zB THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. i"his Power, of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No, 7536608 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Cynthia J. Young; Jay P. Freeman; Laurie B, Druck all of the city of San Bernardino , state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 4th day of November .2Q.!Q._, STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA ss COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company On this~ day of November 2016 , before me personally appeared David M, Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA ~,,/--..._ ~ Notarial Seal (I I ' Teresa Pastella, Notary Public By: Upper Merion Twp., Montgomery County Teresa Pastella, Notary Public My Commission Expires March 28, 2017 Member, Pennsylvania Assoc1at1on of Notanes This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV -OFFICERS -Section 12, Power of Attorney, Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation, When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary, Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII -Execution of Contracts -SECTION 5, Surety Bonds and Undertakings, Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company, When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary, Certificate of Designation -The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- tact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, Authorization -By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked, Sf /1 -. 11-_ ;· 7 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies thid/ day of __ UR-.:.._ __ ~-...~-----=-----, 20_~_ sistant Secretary 74 of 500 LMS_12873_082016 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Riverside } ss. ---------- On January 17, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer , ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person,W"whose name,{81.@Lare-subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that~sAefthev executed the same in~/her/their authorized capacity..(.ies'), and that by.@Jher/thetr signature.!sf on the instrument the person(sr, or the entity upon behalf of which the persor#(acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ('-J / . ~ JJ1fl!J-__) Signature&, Notary Public • J.OURHAM t Notary Pul>llc • C alifornil Rtvtraldl County Comm1111on # 2187976 • (Notary seal)' _ -Mv ~o~m. Ex~ir!s ADr 13._2~21 I: Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document TitleofTypeofDocument: 6-£..1) Ci)v~ tfh~) -&danJ.L Document Date: __________________ Number of Pages: _________ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: 0Jar( (S{lu if o Individual · ~Corporate Officer-Title ~t'Jl~ o Partner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representi~~ !YJa 1\ le (JJC2U.t\ RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Subcontractor Name Phone No. DIR Subcontractor's Amount of Portion of and and Email Registration License No. and Work by Work Subcontractor Location of JJusiness Address No. Classification in Dollars* c-L ~ / Page _j__ of L pages of this Subcontractor Designation form * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(3)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." l' •,; Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 27 of 220 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill~~.An attachment can b~ usedf Date Name and Address Name and Phone Amount Contract of the Employer No. of Person to Type of Work of Completed Contract Contract l' •,r Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 28 of 220 Pages Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Coron::i. CA 92881 California License# 500572 B Organization: o Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. o California Corporation# 1775074 MSC Excellence since 1986! Qualifications o Established in 1986, Incorporated December 28th 1995 Phone: Fax: (951) 279-4245 (951) 279-5917 Website: www.msauer.com Email: contact@msauer.com Small Business Cert. #0035176 Nevada License# 0068157 B o MSC has been executing Historic Restoration for 32 years, all under the same company name. License: Our California Lie.# is: 500572 B (general contractor) Exp. 5/31/18 Our Nevada Lie. # are: 0068157 B (general contractor) Currently Inactive MSC is licensed and legally qualified to work in all counties in the state of California. MSC is an associate member of the Woodworking Institute, member of the California Preservation Foundation, Save Our Heritage Organization (SOHO) and a Certified Small Business in the State of California (ref.# 0035176) Experience: Project #1: Walker House 121 North San Dimas Ave. San Dimas, Ca. 91 773 Owner: City of San Dimas Contact: Laron DeLeon (909) 394-6230 kdeleon@ci.san-dimas.ca.us Architect: JAG Architects Engineer: Roselund Engineering Co. Nels Roselund (626) 573-2441 (Retired) nj ineer@s bcglo bal .net Date of Completion: January 2009 Project Value: $8,000,000.00 ==> This project is a joint venture with T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc. San Diego, Ca. ==> 2010 Los Angeles Conservancy Preservation A ward ==> 2010 California Preservation Foundation Award Project #2: Audrey Geisel University House 9630 La Jolla Farms Road La Jolla, Ca. 9203 7 Project #3: Owner: The Regents of the University of California (UCSD) Contact: Barbara Anderson (858) 485-6980 baanderson @ucsd.edu Architect: IS Architecture Ione Stiegler (858) 456-8555 istiegler@isarchitecture.com Engineer: Mel Green & Associates Mel Green (310) 792-9252 mgreenassoc@earthlink.net Date of Completion: December 2015 Project Value: $7,400,000.00 ~ This project is a joint venture with T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc. San Diego, Ca. => 20 I 4 California Preservation Foundation Design Award => 2015 City of San Diego Historical Resources Board A ward => 2015 San Diego AIA Award => 2015 California Governor's Award San Timoteo School House 31985 San Temoteo Canyon Road Redlands, Ca. 923 73 Owner: County of Riverside Regional Park & Open Space Dist. Contact: Steve Lech (951) 955-4318 (Retired) slech@co.riverside.ca.us Architect: Heritage Architecture Carmen Pauli (619) 239-7888 carmen@heri tagearchi tecture .com Engineer: NIA Date of Completion: July 2007 Project Value: $305,000.00 ~ 2008 California Preservation Foundation Design Award (Small Projects) ~ 2009 Old Riverside Foundation Award Project #4: Warner Carrillo Ranch Restoration 29181 San Felipe road Warner Springs CA 92086-9519 Operator: Project #5: SOHO (Save Our Heritage Organization Bruce Coons bruce.coons@sohosandiego.org Architect: IS Architecture Ione Stiegler (858) 456-8555 istiegler@isarchitecture.com Engineer: Mel Green & Associates Mel Green (310) 792-9252 mgreenassoc@earthlink.net Date of Completion: July 2011 Project Value: $416,000.00 => 2012 Save Our Heritage Organization People in Preservation Award => 2013 California Preservation Foundation Design Award => 2013 APW A San Diego Chapter Project of the Year => 2013 San Diego AJA Award (Devine Detail & Historic Restoration => 2013 California Governor's Award Sikes Adobe Farmhouse Reconstruction 12655 Sunset Drive Escondido, Ca. 92025 Owner: San Dieguito River Park Contact: Susan Carter (858) 674-2275 susan@sdrp.org Architect: IS Architecture Ione Stiegler (858) 456-8555 istiegler@isarchitecture.com Engineer: Mel Green & Associates Mel Green (310) 792-9252 mgreenassoc@earthlink.net Date of Completion: July 2009 Project Value: $800,000.00 => 2011 California Preservation Foundation Design A ward => 2011 City of San Diego Historical Resources Board Award => 20 I 1 Save Our Heritage Organization People in Preservation A ward => 2013 California Governor's Award ./ All projects listed are on the State of California and/or National Historic Register. Phone: Fax: (951) 279-4245 (951) 279-5917 Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Coron~. CA 92RR 1 MIC Website: www.msauer.com California License# 500572 B Excellence since 1986! Email: contact@msauer.com Small Business Cert. #0035176 Nevada License# 0068157 B Registered Historic Projects Completed by Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. State of California and/or National Register Casa De La Guerra -Santa Barbara, California 1991 Orena Adobe -Santa Barbara, California 1992 * Santa Barbara Bldg. Dept. Special Case Study Yorba-Slaughter Adobe -County of San Bernardino, California 1992 Pacific Electric Substation #14 -Santa Ana, California 1993 Woman's Improvement Club of Corona -Corona, California 1994 Rancho Santa Fe Irrigation Dist. Office -Rancho Santa Fe, California 1994 Serrano Adobe -Lake Forest, California 1995 Guajome Ranch -Vista, California 1996 Barbara Greenwood Kindergarten Bungalow -Pomona, California 1996 Rancho Los Cerritos -Long Beach, California 1996 Rancho Los Alamitos (Chimney Project) -Long Beach, California 1996 Strathearn Adobe -Simi Valley, California 1996 Reyes Adobe (House Repairs) -Agoura Hills, California 1997 San Gabriel Mission -San Gabriel, California 1997 * 1998 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award Virginia Robinson Gardens -Beverly Hills, California 1999 Friendship Baptist Church -Pasadena, California 2000 * 2000 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award * 2000 L.A. Conservancy Preservation Award Phillips Mansion -Pomona, California 2001 Hillcrest Park -Fullerton, California 2002 Leo Carrillo Ranch -Carlsbad, California 2002 Sikes Adobe Farmhouse -San Diego, California 2003 * 2005 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award * 2004 SOHO People in Preservation Award Reyes Adobe (Barn Project) -Agoura Hills, California 2004 Rancho Los Alamitos (Foundation Project) -Long Beach, California 2004 Breed Street Shul -Los Angeles, California 2004 * 2005 L.A. Conservancy Preservation Award Warner's Ranch -Warner Springs, California 2005 * 2009 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award Los Penasquitos Ranch -San Diego, California 2006 * 2011 San Diego Historic Resources Board Award Leo Carrillo Ranch BBQ -Carlsbad, California 2006 Rancho Los Cerritos (Water Tower) -Long Beach, California 2007 * 2010 Long Beach Heritage Award San Timoteo Schoolhouse -Riverside County, California 2007 * 2008 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award * 2009 Old Riverside Foundation Award Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Stabilization -Carlsbad, California 2009 * 2012 California Governor's Award Walker House -San Dimas, California 2009 * 2010 L.A. Conservancy Preservation Award * 2010 California Preservation Foundation Award Sikes Adobe Farmhouse Reconstruction -San Diego, California *2011 San Diego Historic Resources Board Award * 2011 SOHO People in Preservation Award * 2011 California Preservation Foundation A ward * 2013 California Governor's Award Vallecito Stage Station Adobe -San Diego, California Montanez Adobe -San Juan Capistrano, California * 2012 California Preservation Foundation Award * 2012 San Diego AJA Award (Devine Detail) Bailey Adobe Stabilization -Anza Borrego Desert, California San Diego Mission de Alcala Rafter Restoration -San Diego, California St. Josephs Cathedral -San Diego, California Diego Sepulveda Adobe -Costa Mesa, California Fenyes Mansion -Pasadena, California Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn-Theater -Carlsbad, California * 2012 California Governor's Award Warner-Carrillo Ranch Restoration -Warner Springs, California * 2012 SOHO People in Preservation Award * 2013 California Preservation Foundation Award * 2013 APWA San Diego Chapter Project of the Year * 2013 San Diego AJA Award (Devine Detail and Historic Preservation) * 2013 California Governor's Award 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2010 2011 2011 2011 2011 Rancho Los Cerritos Visitor's Center -Long Beach, California 2011 Pilgrims Congregational Church Window Stabilization -Pomona, California 2012 Furnace Creek Inn & Resort -Death Valley, California Beginning 2012 and on-going Osuna Adobe -Rancho Santa Fe, Ca. 2012 Audrey Geisel University House UCSD -La Jolla, Ca. 2014 * 2014 California Preservation Foundation Award * 2015 San Diego AJA Award * 2015 San Diego Historic Resources Board Award * 2015 California Governor's Award San Diego Mission de Alcala Education CTR-San Diego, Ca. 2014 Guajome Adobe Ranch Wood Post Repair Project. Co. of San Diego 2015 Johnston Ward House. Escondido, Ca. 2015 Los Penasquitos Wing C, San Diego, Ca. 2015 Blas Aguilar Adobe Phase I San Juan Capistrano, Ca. 2015 Harada House Site Protection. Riverside Ca. 2016 Michael White Adobe, San Marino, Ca. 2016 Casa de Estudillo (adobe repair/ white wash) Old Town San Diego 2016 Casa de Padre, (adobe repair/ white wash) San Diego Mission 2016 Sepulveda Adobe, Malibu Creek State Park, Calabasas, Ca. 2016 Ole Hanson Beach House, Can Clemente, Ca. 2017 Blas Aguilar Adobe Phase II San Juan Capistrano, Ca. 2017 Hearst Neptune Pool "historic treatment consultant". San Simeon Ca. Current Moreno and Machado Adobe. Santa Rosa Plateau Reserve, Riv. Co. 2017 Harada House Structural Assessment and Stabilization. Riverside, Ca. Current Leo Carrillo Ranch Park Stable & Chicken Coop Restoration. Carlsbad, Ca. Current BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of: D Comprehensive General Liability D Automobile Liability D Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of in- surance to the Agency showing conformance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. {'\ •+i Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 29 of 220 Pages MARKSAU-01 CMOUNTZ ACORD. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) ~ 3/5/2018 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER License # OC36861 ~2~i~cT Christina M Mountz Alliant Insurance Services, Inc. ritJgNJo Extl: (909) 886-9861 I r..e~. No): (909) 886-2013 735 Carnegie Dr Ste 200 San Bernardino, CA 92408 ~t1l~~ss, cmountz@alliant.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INsuRER A, Gemini Insurance Company 10833 INSURED INSURER B: Employers Mutual Casualty Company 21415 Mark Sauer Construction Inc INSURER c: National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. 19445 19712 Temescal Canyon Road INSURER D: Security National Insurance Company 19879 Corona, CA 92881 INSURERE: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADDL 1:,UBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYYI LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 ~ :J CLAIMS-MADE 0 OCCUR X VCGP023544 02/23/2018 02/23/2019 UAMA<.,t: I U ""'' 11 t:U $ 50,000 PREMISES (Ea occurrence) x Bl/PD Ded $5,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 ~ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 ~ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 Fl 0PRO-DLOC PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY JECT OTHER: EBL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (Ea accident) B x ANY AUTO 5X4-49-83---18 03/25/2017 03/25/2018 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ~ ALL OWNED ~ SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ ~ x NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE X HIRED AUTOS AUTOS (Per accident) $ ~ ~ $ UMBRELLA LIAB M OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 ~ C X EXCESSLIAB CLAIMS-MADE EBU020618939 02/23/2018 02/23/2019 AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 OED I X I RETENTION$ 0 GL, Auto and EL $ WORKERS COMPENSATION XI ~~fTUTE I I OTH- AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ER YIN D ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE CT] X SWC1154527 06/01/2017 06/01/2018 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space is required) Job: Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park General Maintenance and Repair, Carlsbad, Ca. The City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and volunteers are additional insureds as respects general liability; waiver of subrogation applies to Workers' Compensation applies per endorsements attached. Cancels and replaces certificate previously issued on 3/1/18. CERTIFICATE HOLDER I City of Carlsbad/CMWD c/o EXIGIS Insurance Compliance Services P.O. Box 4668 -ECM #35050 New York, NY 10163-4668 CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE (f1f)~ © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2014/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD I I I Policy Number: VCGP023544 Insured Name:Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. Number: 37 CG 201010 01 Effective Date: 02/23/2018 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULL V. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS~CHEDULEDPERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part SCHEDULE Name Of Person(s) Or Organlzatlon(s): FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL AND NON-MIXED USE PROJECTS ONLY. Any person or organization when you have agreed in a written and executed contract, prior to an "occurrence", that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) A. Section II -Who is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of your ongoing operations performed for that insured. B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following exclusion is added: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury• or "property damage" occurring after; (1) All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the site of the covered operations has been completed; or (2) That portion of •your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. CG 20101001 ~ ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of 1 I I ' Policy Number: VCGP023544 CG 20 3710 01 Insured Name: Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. Number: 35 Effective Date: 02/23/2018 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS -COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: Commercial General Liability Coverage Part Name of Person or Organization: FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL AND NON-MIXED USE PROJECTS ONLY Any person or organization when you have agreed in a written and executed contract, prior to an "occurrence", that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy. Location And Description of Completed Operations: FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL AND NON-MIXED USE PROJECTS ONLY "All locations and completed operations for which you have agreed in a written and executed contract prior to an "occurrence." Additional Premium: Included (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) Section II -Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" at the location designated and described in the schedule of this endorsement performed for that Insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". CG 20 3710 01 © ISO Properties, Inc .. 2000 Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 04 03 06 (Ed. 4-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT-CALIFORNIA We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 2% of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration. Schedule Any person or organization as required by written contract. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. Endorsement Effective 6/1/2017 Policy No. SWC1154527 Endorsement No. WC04030 Insured Mark Sauer Construction Inc Insurance Company Security National Insurance Company BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? X yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar- ments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer, President & CEO (print name/title) Page _1_ of _1_ pages of this Re Debarment form {' • .., Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 30 of 220 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENACE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contrac- tors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? X yes no 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? X yes no 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? X yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) Page _1_ of _2_ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form l' •+; Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 31 of 220 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Constructi (name of Contr Mark Sauer, President & CEO (print name/title) Page _2_ of _2_ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form l' •+;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 32 of 220 Pages NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 The undersigned declares: I am the President & CEO ofMarkj SauerConS\ruction, ln,cthe party making the foregoing bid. The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, com- pany, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partner- ship, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby repre- sents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of true and correct and that this declaration is executed on _,._.u..a.L...&"'-""""-"----'::::+---L.-1----- 20__1§_ at Corona ity], CA [state]. l'\ •,;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 33 of 220 Pages . - CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity ofthat document. State of California } 55. County of Riverside ---------- On January 17, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personj.i(whose na1mtli/..a-re'subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that9/she/tl ,ey executed the same in i_U'her/Hteir authorized capacity_{j.138), and that byJ~~lher/their signatur~ on the instrument the person,W, or he entity upon behalf of which the personM"acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Si'"""~"''4~ (Notary Seal) a J.OURHAM ~ , Notary Public • California .. . Riverside County Commission ti 2187976 .. i My Comm. Expires Apr 12. 2021 f ---------------- Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title ofType of Document: cA-lO____._C__.._'.LU)___,0{...,._,_._.·f jJJCU--~~--=--><-=----=.~)_-i)~oo~~'-"-='-~~ Document Date: Number of Pages: / ------------------__ ,__ ______ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: (Ylo_rk 05{:UJJX o Individual _ O -i (r r;1\. ll'Jl:orporate Officer -Title I (e'.) [tie,Vrf ~ L£U loPartner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Repres~en . : I\ t, ~ '0 0 .,__ • ~ J · . ) f) ~ \Jc_ c ))fu.M./i Uuw.JA)\arr;ilrrv , ~ · RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS Thls agreement is made this I 5-t\.A. day of ~ , 20~, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. whose principal place of business is 19712 Temescal Canyon Road, Corona, CA 92881 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract docu- ments for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontrac- tors, Technical Ability and Experience, Bidder's Statement Re Debarment, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contrac- tor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compli- ance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 8-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress pay- ments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that ,, • .., Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 34 of 220 Pages may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground condi- tions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inher- ent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the require- ments of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligi- bility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site. Contractor shall comply with Cali- fornia Labor Code, section 1776, which generally requires keeping accurate payroll records, ver- ifying and certifying payroll records, and making them available for inspection. Contractor shall require all subcontractors to comply with Section 1776. {' • ., Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 35 of 220 Pages 9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. De- fense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $2,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded ,, •+' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 36 of 220 Pages to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each com- pany affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage pro- vided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in cov- erage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall con- tain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for sub- contractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy# 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorse- ments for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be in- cluded in the Contractor's bid. l'\ •+' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 37 of 220 Pages 11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is incorporated by reference. A copy of Section 9204 is in- cluded in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by ref- erence. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. In the event of a conflict between Section 9204 and Article 1.5, Section 9204 shall apply. Notwithstanding the pro- visions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in antici- pation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. (8) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate igno- rance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsb~d to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. _if2_ init 12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's prin- cipal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. l'\ •ff Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 38 of 220 Pages 13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substi- tuted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or sub- contractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursu- ant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill Ill l' •f;' Revised 7 /19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 39 of 220 Pages .... ~· 17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: 44 CITY OF CARLSBAD a municipal corporation of the State of California By: By: ---,t~F.--#---,------,------ ( gn here) -,,p.v. dAa.~ Ju~ /t(;c"+CGP A (print name and title) By: ______________ _ (sign here) (print name and title) President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER CityAttor~ By:~~ Deputy City Attorney l'\ •+;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 40 of 220 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE§ 1189 • A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of ,::::an Oi ea~ On hor. J'-1., c?o /-rf before me, _.J...J..;'--=-="--'-t'------'·c..._,---=-e;,,._T_.__, ___,_~.,,.,,,.,.......,e,.,,,s..___.-1---,. ,,_JJ-----'o'-----'+a---=c_A/-'1---'p'--=""=h-'-J.,___t c...=--- Date Here lnsertName and Title of the Officer personally appeared __ 6~0,-~_T~--~B~ov-~~b_-er_~;_o ________________ _ Name{,ef of Signer(,8)"' who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person-'8r whose name'8( is/ai=e- subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/i.hQ,'-tho~ executed the same in hisJl',c1•fl:heir authorized capacity£ieSJ, and that by his/-AerAtaieir signature~ on the instrument the person'3r, or the entity upon behalf of which the personM acted, executed the instrument. Place Notary Seal Above I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature d:f--i:.i:,.a L /~ ~ Signaturedf NotaPublic ---------------OPTIONAL--------------- ugh this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of hed Document Title or Type of Docume :---., ___________ _ Number of Pages: ___ Sig s) Other Than Named A Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ---------------,,,c" Signer's Name: ___________ _ D Corporate Officer -Title(s): _________ _ Corporate Officer -Title(s): ______ _ D Partner -D Limited D General D Pa er -D Limited D General D Individual D Attorney in F D lndividu D Attorney in Fact D Trustee D Guardia r Conservator D Other: --------,,,<''---------- D Trustee ,~ Guardian or Conservator D Other: , Signer Is Representing: ~-------- ©2014 N · nal Notary Association• www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) m#5907 SIGNING AND AUTHORITY TO CONDUCT BUSINESS FOR MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION, INC., A CALFORNIA CORPORATION WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to grant signing and authority to certain person described hereunder. RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors is hereby authorized and approved to grant signing and authority to conduct business to Mark Sauer. The foregoing signing, and authority granted shall included but shall not be limited to, the execution of contracts, obligations, certificates, and other instruments of whatever nature entered into by this Corporation. The undersigned hereby certifies that she is the duly elected and qualified Secretary and the custodian of the books and records and seal of Mark Sauer Construction, Inc., a corporation duly formed pursuant to the laws of the state of California and that the foregoing is a true record of a resolution duly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors and that said meeting was held in accordance with the state law and the Bylaws of the above-named Corporation on May 1, 2017, and that said resolution is now in full force and effect without modification or rescission. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed my name as Secretary and have hereunto affixed the corporate seal of the above-named Corporation this 15th day of February 2018. Secretary: UuM ~ll/1..11171 w en~ Durham Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. Signing and Authority to Conduct Business February 15, 2018 Page 1 of 1 .• CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ss. County of Riverside } ---------- On February 16, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person{11 whose name(h9La-re'subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me that@.she/theyexecuted the same i~r authorized ca pa cit~, and that byffel:ler/tl ,eri signaturEUSf on the instrument the person~, or the entity upon behalf of which the person~cted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ''""""~~~ ~ (Notary Seal) Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title of Type of Document: Contract -Leo Carrillo -------------------------------Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Mark Sauer o Individual o Corporate Officer -Title o Partner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: 7 ---------- RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER ( ( ( Bond Number: 024067876 Premium included in charge for Performance Bond LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad, State of California, on February 5, 2018 has administratively awarded to Mark Sauer Construction, lnc.(hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION, INC. as Principal, (hereinafter des- ignated as the "Contractor"), and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company _________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE HUNDRED THIRTY EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED NINETY FIVE Dollars ($138,395) said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or as- signs, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontrac- tors fail to pay for ar:iy materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used. in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 9100, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Develop- ment Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attor- ney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 9554. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 9100, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompany[ ng the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of tim~, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to ~he work or to the specifications. ft \.J Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 41 of220 Pages { ( ( In the event that Contractor is an individual, it Is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this __ _ Executed by SURETY this _12_th--- day of _________ , 20_. CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (name of Contractor) By: ____ ____,,~~~----- (s19 ) ~,t,1L SAkkK (print name here) ~. -t: t!o"'O (title and organization of signatory) By:. __________ _ (sign here) (print name here} (title and organization of signatory) day of February ,20~. SURETY: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company (name of Surety) 1001 4th Ave., Suite 1700, Seattle, WA 98154 (address of Surety) 206-473-3563 (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) {attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at- tached.) {President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assis- tant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER CityAtto~ B~ . ~ DeputyCityAt orney ~ \i4' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 42 of 220 Pages ·CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ss. County of San Bernardino ) On February 12, 2018 before me, ____ ..;:;C_,_y-'-'n=th""'"ia::;:...:cJ..:... -=-Y..;:;o...::;;u.;..:n..,.g.._, '-'N-=-o=ta=r.J.-y-=-P-=u=b=li=c ________ _ personally appeared Christina Mountz Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: ______________________________ _ Document Date: --------------Number of Pages: _____________ _ Signer ( s) Other Than Named Above: _________________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ______________ _ D Individual D Corporate Officer Title _______________ _ D Partner --D Limited D General D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee D Guardian or Conservator Other: ____________ _ Signer is Representing: RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here No. 5133-1 STATE OF CALITO&.'-iIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE SAN FK~l"iCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority TillS JS TO CERTIFY, Tr,?It, pursuant to the lr.swaw:e Code of/r,,, State of California, The Ohio C113aalty In.snrance Company of New Hampshire, organiud tmder tl:e laws of Jle-w Hampshire, subject to its Articles of lncorporalion or other f . .mdamerJal orgar,izatior.a/ documents, is r.ereby autr.orized to transact within this State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, tr.efollowing classes of i11,--urcm,;e: Fire; Jl,farine, Surety, Ph!e Gum, Li.ability, Work.en' Compemation, Common Carrier Li.ability, Boiler And Machlnery, Burglary, Cre-dit, Sprinkler, Automobile iind l\Iimillaneoru as such classes are now or may kreafter be d'!.fined in t'r.e Ir.surance Laws of the St(I!e of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly cor,difi.ond upon the holder 1'.ereof ncm and 1'.ereqfter he ing in fall cornp/iar.ce with all, and not in violation of a,ry, of the applicable laws and lawful requirements made li71der authority of fr,e Jaws of fr.t State of California as long as such laws or requimr~nts are in effect ar.d cpplicahle, and as such laws ar.d requirements r,0w are, or may hereafter be cl-.anged or artumded. NOTICE: IN WITNESS \\-'HEREOF, effective as of the J f/1' day of March, 2013, 1 Jun.·e hereun!o set my hand and c,msed nry official seal to be ajfv:ed this 1 yI' day of March, 2013. By Dave Jon~ b..1-;c-a.~ Cor..rr.JJs!.cl"o Ye~~ KLq;J Vclerie J. Sarfaty for N ottie Hoge Cr.iefD<p,zty Qualification with the Secretary ofSrau lllllSt be acrornp!ished as re,;uired by !he California Coipo;.ttioru Cooe promptly li'.er ~·ofthls Cmificate ofAulhority. Fillli:re to do!o will be a viol.:tion oflmura!lce Codemtion 701 and will be grOUDd! fer revoking thi3 Certifi«b of Aulhority pursuant to !he covenan~ made in the application thm:for and tru: conditions C-Octaioed hmin. THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7975406 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint. Laurie B. Druck; Jay P. Freeman; Christina Mountz; Cynthia J. Russell; Cynthia J. Young all of the city of San Bernardino . state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds. recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 8th day of January ~. STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY ss The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West 1\merican Insurance Company By: _c_,.L~~:!~:J~ . ....-:r--0,//4,_.,.::~:r _____ _ David M. Care,<Assistant Secretary On this.!!!!:!_ day of January , 2018 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. ~ »"i" COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Not:vial Snal Teresa Pasteila, Notary Public : Upper Menon Twp_, Montgomery County ! My Commission Expires March 28, 2021 -i-,..,_J,sv~~;,' -;,v ~t;qAY p,:;v,v Member. Pf:nnsylw,H11<1 As:wc1ation d Notrmes By:~~~ Teresa Pastella, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII -Execution of Contracts -SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact. as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation -The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- f act as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization -By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I. Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. . i1.--/ (/ IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this/ 2--day of_'~" '-'r'-=:-~·"!!.":.. .. ~=:::~-"i~=~-----, 2olti_ . 83 of 100 LMS_ 12873_022017 ' . CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ss. County of Riverside } ---------- On February 16, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person,/whose nameffi@L.are-subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me tha~/sbe/th8y execu~~he same in~ authorized capacity(~), and that b~/.b@r/their signatur#on the instrument the personJ.81', or the entity upon behalf of which the person~acted,executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. s;,,ft~,b!~,uh/iu) (Notary Seal) Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title of Type of Document: Labor and Material Bond-Leo Carrillo Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Mark Sauer o Individual o Corporate Officer -Title o Partner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: 5 ---------- RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER ( Bond Number: 024067876 Premium: $4,152.00 Premium is for contract term and is subject to adjustment based on the final contract price FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad, State of California, on February 5, 2018 has administratively awarded to Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"}, a Contract for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein py this reference .. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION, INC. as Principal, (hereinafter des- ignated as the "Contractor''), and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company _________ as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of ONE HUNDRED THIRTY EIGHT THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED NINETY FIVE Dollars ($138,395), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent {100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or as- ( signs, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ( THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION JS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in an things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and. in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. ft {.J Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 43 of 220 Pages ( ( ( In the event that Contractor is an individual, it Is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this ___ _ day of _________ _, 20 __ . CONTRACTOR: C. By: ---~""".'7!i~,___ _____ _ (s· n here) .iAtJJJJ-~ (print name here) ~l t€ll (ntle and Organization of Signatory) By: ___________ _ (sign here) (print name here) (Title and Organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this _12_t_h ___ day of February , 20~. SURETY: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company (name of Surety) 1001 4th Ave., Ste. 1700, Seattle, WA 98154 (address of Surety) 206-473-3563 Christina Mountz (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be at- tached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assis- tant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CELIA A. BREWER City Attorney By:~ Dep tyCity Attorney ~ ~, Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 44 of 220 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ss. County of San Bernardino ) On February 12, 2018 before me, Cynthia J. Young, Notary Public ----N-a~m ..... e~an~d-T~itle~o~f-Of~fic_e_r (-e_g ... _,~,,J-a-ne_D_o .... e,-N~ot~ary~Pu-bl-ic-") _______ _ personally appeared Christina Mountz Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITN OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _______________________________ _ Document Date: _____________ _ Number of Pages: _____________ _ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: _________________________ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ______________ _ D Individual D Corporate Officer Title _______________ _ D Partner --D Limited D General D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee D Guar~ian or Conservator Other: ------------- Signer is Representing: RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here t~o. 5133-4 STATE OF CALIFO:&'i1A DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE SAN FR.\."lliCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS TO CERTIFY, Tha!, pursuar.t to the fr,.,--urance Code of the State ofCaliforr.ia, The Ohio Ca3aa]ty Iruurance Company of New Hampshire, organizedtmder th;1 /aws of N.r,;; Hamps'hire. su!Jject to its Articles of lncorporalion or other f .. mdamer.Jal organizatbr.a/ docwr.en!s, is l:ereby authorized to trcrr.sacf w!rhfn this State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, tr.e following classes of insurar.ce: Fire; Marine, Surety, Pl.lie Gwl, Lubility, "\Yorkers' Comperu:ition, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Cre<lit, Sprinkler, Automobile and 1\lisc-ellaneoru cs s-.. ch classes are now or may hereafter be defimd in tr.e Ir.surara Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICA 1E is expressly cor.ditfoni!d upon ti-.e holder hereqf now and hereafter being in fall comp/iar.ce with all, ar.d r.ot i!i violation of arry. of the applicable laws ar.d /(r1,ful requirements made !ir.der authority of the laws of ir.G State qf Ca!ifornia as long as such laws or requirerr.er.ts are in effect ar.d cpplicah!e, ar.d as 5u.ch laws ar.d requiremer,fs r.ow are, or may hereafter~ cl-.anged or a~r.ded. NOTICE: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, e.ffectfve as of tl:e J r;i" day of March, 2013, I have hereun!o set my hand and caused my official seal to be l!ffzx(!d this 19'1' day of March, 2013. By Dave Jen~ b..14~.;. ... a Cor.11".i.u!Ct-b \/c~~ Klq!S Valerie J. Sarfaty for Nettie Hoge Cr.uJD,puty Qiixlifica!lon with the Secretary af Staie lllllSl be accomp:hlied as~ by the California Coiporit:-cn., Code promptly cf'.er ~ of6is Certi~ of.Authority. Fall"cre to doso M11 bca viol.man ~ce Code ~on70l ar.dwill bcgrouod.,i fer revoking thh Ce~ of AttJwrity P=t to the covenants made in the llfplication lhon:for cd the conditions coataioed he~ln. THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7975405 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint. Laurie B. Druck; Jay P. Freeman; Christina Mountz; Cynthia J. Russell; Cynthia J. Young all of the city of San Bernardino , state of CA each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds. recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 8th day of January ...1.Q.1.L. STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY ss The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West ,\merican Insurance Company ,i,1 /-1-//1 By: _,i_;..~-~c,;/~·'---'~/-/4-.-CP"c_:_~ _________ _ David M. Carey-'.Assistant Secretary On this~ day of January , 2018. before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company. and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Notc'lna! Se;:)f Tere'5a Pasteila, Notary Public Upper Menon Twp .. Montgommy County My Comrniss1on Expires March 28, 2021 By: ~~ ~ Teresa Pastella, Notary Public This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President. and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII -Execution of Contracts -SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation -The President of the Company. acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attorneys-in- f act as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization -By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. . 'If--, ~ / IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this /Z -day of ~~~~~~~~=J..--.-----, 2ok_. 82 of 100 LMS_ 12873_022017 CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California ss. County of Riverside } ---------- On February 16, 2018 before me, J. Durham, Notary Public (here insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Mark Sauer ------------------------------ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the perso'J18f whose name~,iaresubscribed to the within instrument and acknowledge to me tha~/.she/they executed the same in.@i~e-r/their authorized capacity~ and that by ~ll.9f.Aheir signature_{.s}-an the instrument the perso~ or the entity upon behalf of which the person~acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. . ------- WITNESS my hand and official seal. ' I J. DURHAM E . a Notary Public . California I · .. · Riverside County J Commission # 2187976 i Jf ,;.,~~~p, !&.nu (Notary Seal) , Mv Comm Expires Apr 12, 2021 ~ Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and attachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title of Type of Document: Performance Bond -Leo Carrillo Document Date: ------------------Signer ( s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Mark Sauer o Individual o Corporate Officer -Title o Partner --o Limited o General o Attorney-in-Fact o Trustee o Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: 5 ---------- RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address ----------------------------is hereinafter -----------------------------ca II e d "Contractor" and ______________________ whose address is ------------------------------hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as fol- lows: 1. Pursuant to section 22300 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Con- tractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 in the amount of ____________ dated ______ (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make pay- ments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into secu- rities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Es- crow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. ,, •ff Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 45 of 220 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Con- tractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and com- plete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pur- suant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the secu- rities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR _____ .:......:..:...:;._;,;c...:...==-:=....:..:....;.=-::c...:....=-'-''----- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008 For Contractor: Title ________________ _ Name _______________ _ Signature ______________ _ Address _______________ _ For Escrow Agent: Title ________________ _ Name _______________ _ Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. l'\ • .., Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 46 of 220 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City: Title MAYOR ----------------- Name ----------------- Signature ______________ _ Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor: Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- For Escrow Agent: Title ----------------- Name ---------------- Signature ______________ _ Address ---------------- l'\ •,;' Revised 7/19/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 47 of 220 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROJECT CONTRACT NO. 4737 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 --TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS -Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, in- structed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "sched- uled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be un- derstood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equiv91ent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer'', unless otherwise stated. Where the words "ap- proved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnish- ing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 DEFINITIONS. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. ,, •+;1 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 48 of 220 Addendum -Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bul- letins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency -The City of Carlsbad, California. Agreement -See Contract. Assessment Act Contract -A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Bid -The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder -Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board -The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond -Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council -the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager -the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. Change Order -A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code -The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager-the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract -The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents -Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documen- tation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the General Provisions, permits from other agencies, the Technical Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, the Plans, Stand- ard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor -The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contrac- tor" shall mean Contractor. Contract Price -The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 49 of 220 Contract Unit Price -The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer -The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days -Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection -The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board -Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Engineer -The City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile -Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. Minor Bid Item -A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent ( 10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification -Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award -The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed -A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Own Organization -When used in Section 2-3.1 -Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Fur- ther, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. Person -Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans -The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract -Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector -The Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract admin- istration and first level for informal dispute resolution. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 50 of 220 Proposal -See Bid. Reference Specifications -Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway -The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection -Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer -Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications -General Provisions, Standard Specifications, Technical Specifications, Refer- ence Specifications, Supplemental Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Standard Plans -Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. State -State of California. Storm Drain -Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street -Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subcontractor -An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Supervision -Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Supplemental Provisions -Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Surety -Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Utility -Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private ease- ment. ,, • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 51 of 220 Work -That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN ............................................................. Abandon CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District ABAND ...................................................... Abandoned CO ................................................... Cleanout (Sewer) ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile -butadiene -styrene COL ................................................................. Column AC ..................................................... Asphalt Concrete COMM ...................................................... Commercial ACP .......................................... Asbestos cement pipe CONG ............................................................ Concrete ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface CONN ........................................................ Connection ALT ................................................................ Alternate CONST ................................... Construct, Construction APTS ................................ Apartment and Apartments COORD ...................................................... Coordinate AMER STD ................................... American Standard CSP ........................................... Corrugated steel pipe AWG ............... American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) CSD ............................... Carlsbad Standard Drawings BC .................................................. Beginning of curve CTB ............................................. Cement treated base BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return CV ............................................................. Check valve BORY ............................................................ Boundary CY ............................................................... Cubic yard BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing D .............................................................. Load of pipe BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings dB .................................................................. Decibels BM ............................................................ Bench mark DBL ................................................................... Double BVC ................................... Beginning of vertical curve DF ............................................................... Douglas fir B/VV ........................................................... Back of wall DIA ................................................................. Diameter CIC ..................................................... Center to center DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe CAB ...................................... Crushed aggregate base DL ................................................................ Dead load CAUOSHA ............ California Occupational Safety and DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio Health Administration OT ................................................................. Drain Tile CalTrans ....... California Department of Transportation DWG ............................................................... Drawing CAP ................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe DWY ............................................................. Driveway CB ............................................................. Catch Basin DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach Cb ........................................................................ Curb E ...................................................................... Electric CBP ............................... Catch Basin Connection Pipe EA ........................................................................ Each CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio EC ............................................................ End of curve CCR ............................. California Code of Regulations ECR ................................................ End of curb return CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV EF ................................................................ Each face CES ......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards EG .......................................................... Edge of gutter CF ................................................................. Curb face EGL .................................................. Energy grade line CF ................................................................ Cubic foot El .................................................................. Elevation C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter ELC ..................................... Electrolier lighting conduit CFR ................................ Code of Federal Regulations EL T ........................................................ Extra long ton CFS .......................................... Cubic Feet per Second ENGR ....................................... Engineer, Engineering CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe EP ................................................... Edge of pavement CIPP ............................................... Cast-in place pipe ESMT ........................................................... Easement CL ............................................. Clearance, center line ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base CLF ..................................................... Chain link fence EVC .............................................. End of vertical curb CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base EWA ............................... Encina Wastewater Authority CMC ......................................... Cement mortar-coated EXC ............................................................ Excavation CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined EXP JT.. ............................................... Expansion joint ('\ •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 52 of 220 EXST ............................................................... Existing L TS .................................................... Lime treated soil F .................................................................. Fahrenheit LWD ............................... Leucadia Wastewater District F&C ................................................... Frame and cover MAI NT ...................................................... Maintenance F&I .................................................. Furnish and install MAX ................................. : ............................ Maximum FAB ............................................................... Fabricate FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign FD ............................................................... Floor drain FON ........................................................... Foundation FED SPEC .................................. Federal Specification FG ........................................................ Finished grade FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant FL. .................................................................. Flow line FS ...................................................... Finished surface FT-LB ......................................................... Foot-pound MCR ............................................ Middle of curb return MEAS ............................................................. Measure MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC .................................... Milita~ specification MISC ..................................................... Miscellaneous MOD .................................................. Modified, modify MON ........................................................... Monument MSL .. Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM ......................... Microtunneling Boring Machine MUL T ............................................................... Multiple MUTCD ..... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices FTG .................................................................. Footing FW ............................................................ Face of wall MVL ............................................... Mercu~ vapor light NCTD .............................. North County Transit District G ........................................................................... Gu NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe GA ..................................................................... Gauge OBS ............................................................... Obsolete GAL. ............................................... Gallon and Gallons OC ............................................................... On center GAL V ......................................................... Galvanized OD .................................................... Outside diameter GAR ........................................... Garage and Garages GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe GL ......................................... Ground line or grade line GM .............................................................. Gas meter GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible GP .................................................................. Guy pole GPM ................................................ gallons per minute GR ..................................................................... Grade GRTG .............................................................. Grating GSP ........................................... Galvanized steel pipe H ............................................................ High or height HB .................................................................. Hose bib HC ................................................... House connection OE .............................................................. Outer edge OHE ................................................. Overhead Electric OMWD .................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP ............................................................... Opposite ORIG ................................................................ Original PB ................................................................... Pull box PC .................................................... Point of curvature PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve PE ............................................................ Polyethylene Pl .................................................. Point of intersection PL ............................................................ Property line PMB ............................ Processed miscellaneous base HOWL ........................................................... Headwall POC ...................................................... Point on curve HGL ............................................. Hydraulic grade line POT ................................................... Point on tangent HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal PP .............................................................. Power pole HP ............................................................. Horsepower PRC .......................................... Point of reverse curve HPG ................................................ High pressure gas PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve HPS ............................... High pressure sodium (Light) PSI ......................................... Pounds per square inch HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic PT .................................................... Point of tangency IE ........................................................ Invert Elevation PVC ................................................. Polyvinyl chloride ID ......................................................... Inside diameter PVMT ........................................................... Pavement INCL. .............................................................. Including INSP ............................................................ Inspection INV ...................................................................... Invert PVT R/W ....................................... Private right-of-way Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD ....................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant IP ................................................................... Iron pipe JC .................................................... Junction chamber R ....................................................................... Radius R&O ......................................................... Rock and oil JCT ................................................................. Junction R/W .......................................................... Right-of-way JS ..................................................... Junction structure RA ....................................................... Recycling agent JT .......................................................................... Joint RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete L ........................................................................ Length ~B ............................................................. ~~~~ ~T ................................................................... Lateral RAP ............................... Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC .............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete LB ...................................................................... Pound RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box LD ..................................................... Local depression LF ................................................................ Linear foot RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe LH ............................................................... Lamp hole LL ................................................................... Live load RCV ........................................... Remote control valve REF .............................................................. Reference LOL ............................................................. Layout line LONG ........................................................ Longitudinal LP ............................................................... Lamp post LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light) LS ............................................................... Lump sum REINF .............................. Reinforced or reinforcement RES .............................................................. Reservoir RGE ........................ Registered geotechnical engineer ROW ....................................................... Right-of-Way RR ................................................................... Railroad l'\ •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 53 of 220 RSE ............................. Registered structural engineer TAN ................................................................. Tangent RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer TC .............................................................. Top of curb S ................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable TEL ............................................................. Telephone SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe TF .......................................................... Top of footing SD .............................................................. Storm drain TOPO ........................................................ Topography SDNR .............................. San Diego Northern Railway TR ........................................................................ Tract SOR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio TRANS ......................................................... Transition (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard SEC ................................................................. Section TW .............................................................. Top of wall SF .............................................................. Square foot TYP ................................................................... Typical SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main UE .............................................. Underground Electric SI ...................... International System of Units (Metric) USA ................................... Underground Service Alert SPEC ..................................................... Specifications VAR .................................................... Varies, Variable SPPWC .......................................... Standard Plans for VB ................................................................ Valve box Public Works Construction VC .......................................................... Vertical curve SSPWC ............................. Standard Specifications for VCP .................................................. Vitrified clay pipe Public Works Construction VERT ............................................................... Vertical ST HWY ................................................. State highway VOL. ................................................................. Volume ST A ................................................................... Station VWD ...................................... Vallecitos Water District STD ................................................................ Standard W ....................... Water, Wider or Width, as applicable STR .................................................................. Straight WATCH .............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook STR GR ................................................. Straight grade WI ............................................................ Wrought iron STRUC ......................................... Structural/Structure WM .......................................................... Water meter SW ................................................................. Sidewalk WPJ ........................................... Weakened plane joint SWD ..................................................... Sidewalk drain XCONN ............................................ Cross connection SY ............................................................. Square yard XSEC ......................................................... Cross secti T. ................................................................. Telephone 1-3.3 Institutions. Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC .................................................................... American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI. ..................................................................... American National Standards Institute API ...................................................................................... American Petroleum Institute AREA ............................................................. American Railway Engineering Association ASTM ............................................................ American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA ................................................................ American Wood Preservers Association AWS ........................................................................................ American Welding Society AWWA ...................................................................... American Water Works Association FHWA ............................................................................. Federal Highway Administration GRI ................................................................................. Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA. ........................................................ National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA ................ National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL ..................................................................................... Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS ............................................................................. United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements · contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard l' •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 54 of 220 Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Stand- ard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. 1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) ............................................................................................... 25.4 micrometer (µm) 1 inch (in) ......................................................................................................... 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) ......................................................................................................... 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) .......................................................................................................... 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) ....................................................................................................... 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) ........................................................................................................ 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (ft2) ............................................................................................. 0.0929 square metef (m2) 1 square yard (yd2) .......................................................................................... 0.8361 square meter (m2) 1 cubic foot (ft3) ............................................................................................... 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) ............................................................................................. 0.7646 cubic meter (m3) 1 acre ............................................................................................................... 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) ............................................................................................ 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) ........................................................................................ 29.5735 millileter (ml) 1 pound mass (lb) (avoirdupois) ...................................................................... 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) ........................................................................................... 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 lb avoirdupois) ........................................................................... 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise ............................................................................................................. 0.1 pascal · second (Pa · s) 1 centistoke (cs) .............................................................................................. 1 square millimeters per second (mm2/s) 1 pound force (lbf) ........................................................................................... 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) ........................................................................ 6.8948 Kilo pascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (lbf/ft) ........................................................................... 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) ................................................................................. 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) .......................................................... 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) .................................................................................... 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): ................................................................................... Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 .......................................................................................... °C = (°F -32)/1.8 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems -('. •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 55 of 220 SECTION 2 -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the City, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Con- tract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the City to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), which- ever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the City may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Con- tractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 56 of 220 Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 1 0 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The City shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the City and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determi- nation of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcon- tracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Con- tractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the City in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Con- tract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Proce- dure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 57 of 220 The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commis- sioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the City, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the City. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifica- tions, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times. The construction plans consist of Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance and Repair Pro- ject, City Project No. 4737, 1 set. If applicable, the standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards and Carlsbad Standard Drawings, as is- sued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES and CSD, respectively. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Speci- fications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifica- tions, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 58 of 220 The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, im- mediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Change orders, whichever occurs last. 3) Carlsbad General Provisions and Technical Specifications 4) Project Plans 5) Contract addenda, whichever occurs last. 6) Contract 7) The Secretary of Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. 8) Standards plans. a) City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. b) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. 9) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as amended. 10) Reference Specifications. 11) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Detail drawings shall take precedence over general drawings. Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2-5.3.2 and 2-5.3.3, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engi- neer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless other- wise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of trans- mittal. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 59 of 220 Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. the label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submit- tals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of Transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By:-------------- Date: --------------- Title: _____________ _ Company Name: ___________________________ _ 2-5.3.2 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or as- sembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.3 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifi- cations for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all manufactured items for the sys- tem. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2. 2) List of Materials per 4-1.4. 3) Certifications per 4-1.5. 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs per 201-1.1. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 60 of 220 7) Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1. 8) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bul- letins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to de- scribe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signals, and may also be required for any product, manufac- tured item, or system. 2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all ma- terials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 AUTHORITY OF CITY AND ENGINEER. The City has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instruc- tions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; accepta- bility of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the City. 2-7.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-7.2 Audit and Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engi- neer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Con- tractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal busi- ness hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relat- ing to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Con- tractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. l'. •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 61 of 220 2-8 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is re- quired. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any au- thorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facil- ity for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifica- tions. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all condi- tions of the Contract. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 62 of 220 SECTION 3 -CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the inter- ests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as grant- ing a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Con- tractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are in- volved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in con- formance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2 or 3- 2.2.3 as appropriate. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4. 3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work cov- ered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 per- cent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. l'\ •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 63 of 220 3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 50 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifica- tions, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Con- tract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Special Provisions. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise spec- ified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notifi- cation in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers com- pensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 64 of 220 The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equip- ment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. No direct labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Sec- tion 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" pub- lished by CAL TRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of- way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all inci- dentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Con- tractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating rec- ommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Con- tractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 65 of 220 (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ................................... 20 2) Materials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 15 3) Equipment Rental ................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ... 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Sub- contractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcon- tracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting doc- uments to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the fol- lowing Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discov- ery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being per- formed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 66 of 220 The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect perfor- mance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the hap- pening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the par- ticular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor be- lieves additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further under- stands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in re- sponse to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By:--------------- Date: -------------- Title: -------------- Company Name: ___________________________ _ The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim sub- sequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 67 of 220 It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager ~ The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or re- quest that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a reso- lution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the Contractor shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code section 9204, which is set forth below: 9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Sec- tion 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section: ( 1) "Claim" means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following: ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 68 of 220 (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (8) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) "Contractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) "Public entity" means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (8), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State Univer- sity, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, polit- ical subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (8) "Public entity" shall not include the following: (i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that de- partment. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its juris- diction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority. (4) "Public works project" means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) "Subcontractor" means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (8) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the gov- erning body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may l' •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 69 of 220 demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dis- pute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for set- tlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under pri- vate arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may re- quest in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be pre- sented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 70 of 220 (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its con- tractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date. In addition, all claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifica- tions for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article. ( d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to l'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 71 of 220 this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (com- mencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims sub- ject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time re- quirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Proce- dure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commel'lcing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 72 of 220 (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators ap- pointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a differ- ent division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 ( commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undis- puted except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3 ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 73 of 220 SECTION 4-CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the gener- ally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be con- sidered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so di- rected by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable no- tice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Spec- ifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Con- tractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be neces- sary for the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as structural concrete, metal fabrication, welding, protective coat- ing application, and similar shop or plant operations. Historic Preservation will be inspected by Parks and Recreation Department, Special Projects Manager. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be nec- essary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to pur- chase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles out- side the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 74 of 220 by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equip- ment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its ex- pense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engi- neer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the require- ments indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after im- proper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made nec- essary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 75 of 220 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifica- tions and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any mate- rial, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durabil- ity, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its in- tended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, ap- pearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1. 7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for propor- tioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regula- tions pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to oper- ation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 76 of 220 shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other oper- ating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pres- sure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain- measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Cal- ibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Mod- ified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as de- fined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance becomes suspect. The inves- tigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional in- formation in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the co- operative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach res- olution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written noti- fication of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by com- mittee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledge- ment, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Con- tractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the coop- erative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: ,, •fi Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 77 of 220 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the contradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs associated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assignable cause, the inves- tigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertain- ing to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engi- neer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 78 of 220 SECTION 5 -UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known rec- ords, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utili- ties indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, tele- phone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every prop- erty parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Under- ground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the sup- port of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 79 of 220 Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic pro- tection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the proce- dures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering por- tions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements be- fore commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and prop- erty line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3- 3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect in- terfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensa- ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 80 of 220 tion will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the tempo- rary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately fol- lowing the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time avail- able for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Sec- tion 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unrea- sonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not iden- tified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or altera- tions not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 81 of 220 SECTION 6-PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as other- wise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 14 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's man- agement personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the precon- struction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Base- line Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities re- quired to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and se- quencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 "Project" or equal software program. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than "Project" by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, Califor- nia. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 6-1.2.2 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 25 and 100 activities, including submittals, interfaces between agencies, project milestones and equipment and mate-,, • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 82 of 220 rial deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to com- municate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.3 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.4 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contrac- tor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition prece- dent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engi- neer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental pro- visions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construc- tion Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.4.1 through 6-1.2.4.3. 6-1.2.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. 6-1.2.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the correc- tions and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6- 1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. ,, •f' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 83 of 220 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed dur- ing the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Con- tractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a thumb-drive, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule. The sched- ule shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resub- mittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer re- turning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Sec- tion 6-1.8.2. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 84 of 220 not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substan- tially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1. 7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Sched- ule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revi- sions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 8-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 85 of 220 Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes all labor, materials, equip- ment and other associated items to repair and restore adobe walls, stone masonry, wood compo- nents, clay-tile roofs, interior and exterior plaster finishes, and deteriorated components of ap- proximately ten ( 10) buildings, structures and site features at the Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park. The BBQ Area (A-12, A-13, A-14 and A-15) work will be done first in the schedule of work. 6-2.2 Weekend Work. Weekend work must be approved through the Project Manager before commencing. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the frequency, time and location of Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Rep- resentative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representa- tive". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engi- neer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of ar- chaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the city without liability for damage, when in the City's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcon- tracted any part of the Work without the City's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 86 of 220 If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the prem- ises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Con- tractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The City may terminate the Contract at its own discre- tion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to pro- ceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contrac- tor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Con- tractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as pro- vided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 87 of 220 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have been avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classi- fication of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reason- able means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Con- tractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7 .1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Con- tract for such portion. The time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 90 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, 3. Any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. Any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa- tion, 5. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. Any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on Mondays through Thursdays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Con- tractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 88 of 220 No work involving repair/restoration shall occur during park events. Contractor shall coordinate with the Parks and Recreation Department and Project Manager during park events. The Con- tractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Con- struction Schedule required by Section 6.1. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each work- ing day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indi- cate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is com- pleted and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or perma- nent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engi- neer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the City. Upon such certification by the Engineer the City may accept the completed Work. Upon the City's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6- 6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of five hundred Dollars ($500.00). Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $500.00 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. ,, •+r' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 89 of 220 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the im- provement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any com- pleted facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 90 of 220 SECTION 7 -RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with ap- plicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. In accordance with the Labor Code, the City has on file and will publish a schedule of prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall not pay less than these rates. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agree- ment on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes respon- sibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the re- maining provisions of the Labor Code. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the City, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to un- dertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." {' •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 91 of 220 The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Com- pensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. I 7-5 PERMITS. Given the nature of this scope of work, no City permit will be required. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its pres- ence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or com- munication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint ven- ture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or per- son in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others. The Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for dam- ages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could tiot have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 92 of 220 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility compa- nies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incom- plete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed imme- diately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Con- tractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole dis- cretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Con- tract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 93 of 220 The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of em- ployees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities, sew- age shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system. Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall incorporate and comply with all the applicable Best Management Practices (BMP's), the Carlsbad Municipal Code, the Municipal Permit Order 2013-0001, and the Construc- tion General Permit Order 2009-0009, during the completion of this agreement. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff as- sociated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. 7-8.6.1 Best Management Practices. Referenced BMP's shall comply with the plans and spec- ifications, the "CASQA's Construction BMP Handbook", the City Stormwater Management Plans for this project and Volume 4 of the City of Carlsbad's Engineering Standards. The Contractor shall conduct and schedule land disturbance operations, such as demolition, clearing, and grading, to minimize or avoid rain fall induced erosion and sediment discharges that result in muddying and silting of paved streets, channels, storm drains, and water bodies. Any modifications to the phasing of construction activities shall be shown on the erosion control plan. Water Pollution control activities shall also consist of implementing good housekeeping pollution control measures to reduce the discharge of pollutants from construction sites to the maximum extent practicable. Such features as drainage gutters, check dams, silt fences, slope protection ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 94 of 220 blankets and retention basins shall be constructed concurrently with other work and at the earliest practicable time. The Contractor shall prevent any non-storm water discharges including concrete rinse water or other pollutant from entering into receiving waters and any storm water conveyance facility by using physical barriers. The Contractor shall minimize the preservation of existing native and non-native vegetation and minimize soil disturbance beyond the required limits of work. Unless approved by the Engineer, all BM P's shall comply with the specification in the "Model BMP Manual San Diego Region (2015)" published by the San Diego County Copermittees that can be downloaded from the website at: http://www.projectcleanwater.org/ 7-8. 7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installa- tions, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or relo- cated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. -("\ •;, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 95 of 220 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Park Access. Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park will remain open to the public during con- struction for this project. Arrangements must be made with the Project Manager for access to begin work before the park opens to the public in the morning and on Mondays, when the park is closed. All equipment and tools shall not be a nuisance or hazard to the general public. Area shall receive temporary chain link fencing with tan screen fabric to protect the project site from other ongoing park operations. Equipment left on the property overnight and unattended shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Contractor shall protect the work site from other ongoing park operations and activities and for public protection and safety. Contractor shall keep the work site free of litter, tools, equipment and all other construction related materials. Contractor will only be allowed to stock pile materials on site in fenced designated area as directed by the Parks and Recreation Special Projects Manager. City will not be responsible for materials or equipment that the contractor stockpiles or leaves at the site unattended. 7-10.2 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary inconven- ience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise author- ized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be provided. Safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided and maintained to: fire hydrants; commercial and industrial establishments; churches, schools and parking lots; service stations and motels; hospitals; police and fire stations; and establishments of similar nature. Ac- cess to these facilities shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Safe and adequate pedestrian zones and public transportation stops, as well as pedestrian cross- ings of the Work at intervals not exceeding 90 m (300 feet), shall be maintained unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements. 7-10.2.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and con- trol devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of Section 206-7.2 et seq. 7-10.3 Safety. 7-10.3.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the Con- tractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Engineer. l' • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 96 of 220 Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are pro- vided, or required by law. 7-10.3.2 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Ma- terial Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe condi- tions. 7-10.3.3 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringe- ment of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and reg- ulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grad- ing. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 97 of 220 Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from pur- chases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final pay- ment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." SECTION 8 -FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL (Not Used) ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 98 of 220 SECTION 9 -MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from meas- urements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sec- tions involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with dupli- cate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accord- ance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 99 of 220 has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precau- tions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably ex- pected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of owner- ship shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially com- pleted work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6-10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of re- cordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with appli- cable laws. ' At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the City, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 100 of 220 Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engi- neer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If pay- ment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from re- maining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liqui- dated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substi- tute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corre- sponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjust- ments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 101 of 220 facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written state- ment required in Section 8-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 8-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Condi- tions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Re- port, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or con- tentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made. 9-4 BID ITEMS. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made at the quantity and type as listed in the Contractor's Proposal. All work shown or mentioned on the plans, in the Contract Documents, General Provisions, or Technical Provisions/Specifications shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. Contractor must protect existing utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation sys- tems, and vegetation in place. If damaged during the work, Contractor is responsible to repair or replace any utilities, improvements, landscaping, irrigation systems, and vegetation at his ex- pense. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 102 of 220 -~-- 1 CITY OF CARLSBAD TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK MAINTENANCE & REPAIR CONTRACT NO. 4737 SECTION 01 11 00 -SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT A. Provide all labor, materials, transportation, equipment, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the execution and completion of all work indicated in the Contract Documents for the project entitled: Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park Maintenance & Repair 6200 Flying LC Lane, Carlsbad, CA 92009 l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 103 of 220 B. In general, the scope of work includes, but shall not be limited to, the following sections of the technical specifications which are more fully described herein: DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 35 91 Historical Treatment Procedures DIVISION 02-EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 03 01 30 Maintenance of Concrete 03 33 19 Integral Color Concrete DIVISION 04 -MASONRY 04 03 36 Historic Treatment of Adobe Masonry Repairs and Restoration 04 03 43 Historic Stone Masonry Repainting & Resetting DIVISION 05 -METAL 05 50 00 Metal Fabrication DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTIC AND COMPOSITES 06 01 21 Finish Carpentry Restoration DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 32 13 Clay Roof Tiles 07 60 00 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 09 -FINISHES 09 03 20 Historic Treatment of Plaster 09 25 26 Historic Treatment of Lime Wash 09 91 00 Painting C. Applicable portions of Section 01 11 00 apply to all other sections of these speci- fications, therefore these applicable portions are not specifically referred to in those other sections. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park is listed in the National Register of Historic Place and is a California Historical Landmark. The Project includes maintenance and repair of approximately 10 buildings, structures and site features at the park. Work items include: Adobe wall repair, stone masonry, wall repair, wood components repair, clay-tile roof repair, repair and restoration of interior and exterior plaster finishes and restoration of deteriorated components. All work shall follow the Sec- retary of the Interior's standards for the treatment of historic properties. In situ mock-ups will typically be used to determine final treatments and repair proce- dures. Refer to the specification for a list of required mock-ups. B. Scope of work is shown on drawings and is described in specifications. l' • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 104 of 220 1.3 REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor must register and pay fee to Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) and ob- tain DIR Registration to be eligible to bid on this project. B. Contractor must dispose of all trash and remove trash offsite. Disposal into City Trash bins is not allowed. Waste disposal must follow City Requirements. C. At completion of work, the work areas must be clean and debris removed from site. D. Construction work will be Monday through Thursdays, 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. The Special Projects Manager will give the Contractor a special events calendar to incorporate into their schedule of construction. The Park will have high usage on Fridays, Saturdays and Sundays, and the BBQ area, Cabana and Hacienda will need to be accessible during those days. It is imperative that the site be cleaned of any construction materials by 8 a.m. on Friday mornings. E. Coordinate with City Project Manager with regard to sound impacts to surrounding park areas. Park is open Tuesday through Saturday 9:00 am to 5:00 pm and Sunday 11 :00 am to 5:00 pm to the public. F. Adhere to City of Carlsbad Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Manual and Best Management Practices (BMP) For Tier 1. Contractor must review requirements for Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) prior to bid and construction, and imple- ment measures required. Water from this project must be collected and contractor must remove and dispose of properly offsite. No discharge into City Sewer System or into the landscaping area. Protect Outdoor Storage Areas and Outdoor Trash Areas from Rainfall, Run on, Runoff, and Wind Dispersal. G. Schedule Pre Construction meeting with City Project Manager, to discuss SWPPP require- ments, Safety Requirements and project requirements. All workers must follow OSHA reg- ulations and City requirements. H. Schedule final inspection with City Project Manager and Special Projects Manager. I. Project Manager, Superintendent and Workers must be fluent in English. J. Do not order materials prior to written approval by City. Coordinate delivery of materials with City Project Manager. K. City property must be protected including landscaping. L. All substitutions must be approved in writing and both base manufacturer per specification and manufacturer of substitution requested must be submitted. When specification states "or equal" this procedure must be utilized. M. Construction traffic will be limited on the site due to public safety. The public parking lot will be used for construction parking. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 105 of 220 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not used) END OF SECTION 01 11 00 ,, •f' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 106 of 220 SECTION 01 35 91 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: General protection and treatment procedures for designated historic spaces, areas, rooms, and surfaces in Project. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 030130 -Maintenance of Concrete. 2. Section 040336 -Historic Treatment of Adobe Masonry. 3. Section 040343 -Historic Stone Masonry Repainting & Resetting. 4. Section 060121 -Finish Carpentry Restoration. 5. Section 073213 -Clay Roof Tiles. 6. Section 090320 -Historic Treatment of Plaster. 7. Section 092526 -Historic Treatment of Lime Wash. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place. B. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's prebid selection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project. C. Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a nonhistoric item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. D. Historic: Spaces, areas, rooms, surfaces, materials, finishes, and overall appearance that are important to the successful preservation and rehabilitation as determined by Architect. Designated historic spaces and features are indicated on Drawings and require special care and protection. All spaces and buildings included in the scope of this project are considered historic resources and should be treated according to The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. ,, •;, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 107 of 220 E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect. F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or as otherwise indicated. G. Reinstall: To protect removed or dismantled item, repair and clean it as indicated for reuse, and reinstall it in original position, or where indicated. H. Remove: To take down or detach a nonhistoric item located within a historic space, area, or room, using methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. I. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes while employing as little new material as possible. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. J. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated. K. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated. L. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated. M. Restore: To consolidate, replicate, reproduce, repair, and refinish as required to achieve the indicated results. N. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled. 0. Reversible: New construction work, treatments, or processes that can be removed or undone in the future without damaging historic materials unless otherwise indicated. P. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and deliver them to Owner. Q. Stabilize: To provide structural reinforcement of unsafe or deteriorated items while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present; also, to reestablish a weather- resistant enclosure. R. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULE A. Historic Treatment Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing and scheduling of historic treatment work for entire Project, including each activity to be performed in historic spaces, areas, and rooms, and on historic surfaces; and based on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Indicate on schedule time commitments for performing critical construction activities for each separate entity responsible for historic treatment work. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 108 of 220 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best historic treatment results. 2. Coordinate sequence of historic treatment work activities to accommodate the following: a. Owner's continuing occupancy of the remaining nearby ranch structures. b. Other known work in progress. c. Tests and inspections. 3. Detail sequence of historic treatment work, with start and end dates. 4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services with owner. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT A. Historic Treatment Conference: Before starting historic treatment work, conduct conference at Project site. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Architect, and Contractor, and Subcontractors, such as, historic treatment specialists, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects historic treatment shall be represented at the meeting. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of historic treatment work, including review of the following: a. Fire-prevention procedures. b. Governing regulations. c. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection. d. Hauling routes. e. Sequence of historic treatment work operations. f. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated items. g. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas where materials are to be stored. h. Requirements for extent and quality of work, tolerances, and required clearances. 3. Reporting: Record Historic Treatment Conference Meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from conference. 1.6 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property. 1. Carefully dismantle and salvage each item or object and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Owner where directed. 2. Coordinate with Owner and Preservation Architect who will establish special procedures for dismantling and salvaging. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 109 of 220 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Preconstruction Documentation: Show, through photographs and other documentation, preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's historic treatment operations. B. Historic Treatment Program: Submit for Preservation Architect review before work begins. 1. Historic Treatment Program: Prepare a written plan for historic treatment for whole Project, including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during operations. Describe in detail the materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each phase of work. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in this and other Sections. Coordinate this whole-Project historic treatment program with specific requirements of programs required in other historic treatment Sections. 2. Methods and procedures related to historic treatments, including product manufacturers' written instructions and precautions regarding historic treatment procedures and their effects on materials, components, and vegetation. 3. Site Fencing: Include locations of proposed temporary fencing and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress. 4. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: An experienced firm regularly engaged in historic treatments similar in nature, materials, design, and extent to this work as specified in each section with a record of successful in-service performance that demonstrates the firm's qualifications to perform this work. Work under this contract is required to conform to the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. 1. Field Supervisor Qualifications: Full-time supervisors on the project shall be experienced in historic treatment work similar in nature, material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supervisors shall be on Project site when historic treatment work begins and during its progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of the specialist firm. 2. Construct new mockups of required work whenever a supervisor is replaced. B. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A 10.6. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 110 of 220 1.9 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HISTORIC MATERIALS A. Salvaged Historic Materials to be Provided to Owner: 1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged historic items unless more extensive cleaning is indicated. 2. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner during Historic Treatment Conference. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 8. Historic Materials for Reinstallation: 1. Repair and clean historic items for reuse as indicated. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing; cushion against damage during handling. Label contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment unless otherwise indicated. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials to make item functional for use indicated. C. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment and construction work in the vicinity is complete. D. Storage: Catalog and store historic items within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected from moisture, weather, condensation, and extreme temperatures. 1. Identify each item with a nonpermanent mark to document its original location. Indicate original locations on plans, elevations, sections, or photographs by annotating the identifying marks. 2. Secure stored materials to protect from theft. E. Storage Space: 1. Owner will arrange for limited on-site location(s) for free storage of historic material. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Size Limitations in Historic Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches clearance (300 mm) or more. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 111 of 220 PART 2 -PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION, GENERAL A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from historic treatment procedures. 1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from areas where historic treatment work is being performed. 3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes. 4. Contain dust and debris generated by historic treatment work, and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 5. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural elements. 6. Protect floors, ranch trails and roads and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining. B. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials: 1. Protect existing historic materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated. 2. Do not attach temporary protection to historic surfaces except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect. C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation. 3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE A. General: 1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated. 2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work. 3. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such materials. 4. Prohibit smoking by all persons within the entire Park. City Parks are non-smoking areas per the Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 11.32.110. B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 112 of 220 materials, including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated: 1. As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to designated work areas approved by owner or outside the building. 2. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe. 3. Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high- temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material. 4. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings. 5. Fire Watch: Before working with heat-generating equipment or combustible materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each location where such work is performed. Fire-watch personnel shall have the authority to enforce fire safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA 51 B, NFPA 241, and as follows: 6. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire-control equipment and alarms. a. Prohibit fire-watch personnel from other work that would be a distraction from fire-watch duties. b. Cease work with heat-generating equipment whenever fire-watch personnel are not present. c. Have fire-watch personnel perform final fire-safety inspection each day beginning no sooner than 30 minutes after conclusion of work at each area of Project site to detect hidden or smoldering fires and to ensure that proper fire prevention is maintained. d. Maintain fire-watch personnel at Project site until 60 minutes after conclusion of daily work. C. Fire Extinguishers, Fire Blankets, and Rag Buckets: Maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use. 3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or damage resulting from applications of chemicals and adhesives. B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proved to resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in historic treatment program. Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials. C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 113 of 220 D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property. E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior. 3.4 GENERAL HISTORIC TREATMENT A. Have historic treatment work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialists. B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when historic treatment work begins and during its progress. C. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during the work. Use digital preconstruction documentation photographs or video recordings. Discuss photographic requirements with Preservation Architect at Historic Treatment Conference. D. Perform surveys of Project Site as the Work progresses to identify and prevent any hazards resulting from historic treatment procedures. E. Follow the procedures in subparagraphs below and procedures approved in historic treatment program unless otherwise indicated: 1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace. 2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support existing material or structure. 3. Use reversible processes wherever possible. 4. Use historically accurate repair and replacement materials and techniques unless otherwise indicated. F. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion. 1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect. G. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, work shall be based on appearance based accurate duplications rather than on conjecture. Review subject work with Preservation Architect before proceeding with final work. H. Where work requires existing features to be removed or dismantled and reinstalled, perform these operations without damage to the historic feature itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate. END OF SECTION 01 35 91 ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 114 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 02 41 19 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. 3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner for storage. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor and shall be hauled off-site in accordance with the Contract. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. {' •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 115 of 220 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preconstruction meeting: Selective demolition will be reviewed during the Preconstruction Meeting and Historic Treatment Conference at the project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property. Indicate proposed locations · and construction of barriers. B. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish surfaces.that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. B. Hazardous Materials: Disturbance of hazardous materials, including asbestos containing materials and lead-based paint, is not anticipated during this project. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. C. Historic Areas: Demolition and hauling equipment and other materials shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches clearance (300 mm) or more. D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Provide 3 days' notice to Owner prior to any required disruption in service. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 116 of 220 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A 10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or video. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished. 1. Contractor will arrange with owner to shut off indicated services/systems. 2. Contractor is responsible for the safe-off of utilities. 3. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies. 4. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building. 5. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing, and equipment and components indicated on Drawings to be removed. a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 117 of 220 b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material and leave in place. c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. ,., •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 118 of 220 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire- suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 30 minutes after flame-cutting operations. 6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Work in Historic Areas: Selective demolition may be performed only in areas of Project that are not designated as historic. In historic spaces, areas, and rooms, or on historic surfaces, the terms "demolish" or "remove" shall mean historic "removal" or "dismantling." D. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3 Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. E. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. F. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 119 of 220 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts. B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. Use of jack hammers is not permitted. D. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Section 073213 for new roofing requirements. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site on a weekly basis. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. 3.8 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SCHEDULE A. Remove: Items as indicated on Architectural Drawings. B. Remove and Salvage: Items as indicated on Architectural Drawings. C. Remove and Reinstall: Items as indicated on Architectural Drawings. D. Existing to Remain: All items are to remain unless indicated on the drawings. END OF SECTION 02 41 19 ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 120 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 03 01 30 MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE A. This Section includes all work related to the rehabilitation of existing concrete slabs, including the "red carpet" stairs near the hacienda and repair of concrete slab near the barbeque. See Section 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete for new concrete slabs. 1. Removal of deteriorated concrete and subsequent replacement and patching at red carpet stairs. 2. Route and fill of cracks at concrete slabs B. Related Requirements: 1. Retain subparagraphs below to cross-reference requirements Contractor might expect to find in this Section but are specified in other Sections. 2. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures." 3. Section 024119 "Selective Demolition." 4. Section 033000 "Cast-In-Place Concrete." 5. Section 040343 "Historic Stone Masonry Repointing & Resetting." 6. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 7. Section 099100 "Painting." 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 1. ACI 308: Recommended Practices for Curing Concrete. 2. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 1.3 UNIT PRICES 1.4 PERFORM HISTORIC MAINTENANCE OF CONCRETE UNDER QUANTITY ALLOWANCES SHOWN ON PLANS AND ONLY AS AUTHORIZED. AUTHORIZED WORK INCLUDES WORK REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. PERFORM WORK THAT EXCEEDS QUANTITY ALLOWANCES ONLY AS AUTHORIZED BY CHANGE ORDERS.RETAIN "PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE" ,, •f' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 121 of 220 PARAGRAPH BELOW IF WORK OF THIS SECTION IS EXTENSIVE OR COMPLEX ENOUGH TO JUSTIFY A CONFERENCE. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Discuss Maintenance of Cast-in-Place Concrete at the Preliminary Conference. No 030130 Work shall begin until discussed with the Architect. 1. Review methods and procedures related to Maintenance of Cast-in-Place Concrete including, but not limited to, the following: a. Verify historic concrete specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Quality-control program. d. Rehabilitation Program. e. Architect to walk site with Contractor to identify typical repairs at conclusion of meeting. Contractor to mark-up repair areas by use of color code tape system to identify repair types, Architect to review and approve prior to work commencing. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: Cured samples for each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1. Include Samples of each required type, color, and texture of patching material for the concrete slabs on the project. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For installers. B. Product Test Reports: For each manufactured bonding agent, and cementitious patching mortar, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Rehabilitation Program: Submit before work begins. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Before full-scale operation, prepare mockups for each of the following historic treatments on existing surfaces to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation. Specific locations to be designated by Historic Preservation Architect and Owner. Field sample ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 122 of 220 to be of sufficient size to demonstrate relevant methods, procedures, dwell times and quality of work expected in the finish product. Obtain Historic Preservation Architect's and Owner's acceptance of visual qualities before proceeding with the Work. Repeat mock-ups and test panels as necessary, adjusting methods and procedures, until acceptance by Historic Preservation Architect is achieved. Retain acceptable panels in undisturbed condition, suitably marked, during restoration as a standard for judging completed work. The samples of each type of restoration work shall be done in an area that will be exposed to the same weathering conditions as final location. Allow samples to cure at least three days before requesting review of color, texture and detailing match. 1. The following trial repairs and mockups are required: a. Crack Repair at Red Carpet Stairs -Provide two crack fills of at least 12 inches in length for review and acceptance at the red carpet stairs. One crack shall be on a horizontal surface and the second crack fill shall be on the surface of a vertical riser. b. Crack Repair at BBQ Slab -Provide one crack fill of at least 12 inches in length for the crack at the slab adjacent to the barbeque. c. Patch Repair -Prepare two areas requiring patch repair removing all deteriorated concrete at red carpet concrete. Complete the patch repair in one of these areas, leave the other for approval of surface preparation. 2. Coordinate mockup installation and review with Historic Architect. Mockup installation/review should be included in construction schedule. 3. No general patching shall commence until acceptance is obtained. 4. Construction of the trial repairs shall be performed using the same procedures intended for the actual installation. 5. Accepted mock-ups shall serve as model for the rest of the repairs. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 6. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT A The Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, facilities and services as required or performing the required concrete-finishing work. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A Source Limitations: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of product from single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. Materials shall be mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. voe Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 123 of 220 2.3 BONDING AGENTS A. General: As required by concrete patching mortar system, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following. Bonding Agent should be produced by same manufacturer as concrete patching mortar system: 1. Concrete Acrylic Fortifier as manufactured by Quikrete. 2. Concrete Bonding Adhesive and Acrylic Fortifier as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 3. Or Approved Equal 2.4 PATCHING MORTAR A. Patching Mortar, General: 1. Patching materials used for repair of spalls and areas requiring replacement shall be the products of one manufacturer and patching system, and shall be mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Concrete Patching Materials at Red Carpet Stairs: To match texture and profile of existing concrete. 1. Sand I Topping Mix by Quikrete. 2. Sikacryl Ready Mix Concrete Patch by Sika. 3. Or Approved Equal C. Compressive Strength: 28 day strength not to exceed compressive strength of existing concrete. 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. Water: Clean, potable, free from contaminants, acids, alkalis, and organic materials. 2.6 MIXES A. General: Mix products, in clean containers, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Do not add water, thinners, or additives unless recommended by manufacturer. B Measurement and mixing: 1. When practical, use manufacturer's premeasured packages to ensure that materials are mixed in proper proportions. When premeasured packages are not used, measure ingredients using graduated measuring containers; do not estimate quantities or use shovel or trowel as unit of measure. 2. Do not mix more materials than can be used within time limits recommended by manufacturer. Discard materials that have begun to set. C. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 124 of 220 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates when areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete and deteriorated reinforcing bars will be located. B. Locate areas of deteriorated or delaminated concrete using sounding/tapping and mark boundaries. Do not damage concrete during sounding. Mark squared off areas for removal. Surfaces shall be aligned and level with adjacent areas to remain. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prevent mortar and patching materials from staining face of surrounding materials and surfaces. B. Contractor shall remove all removable items attached to the surface, and replace after work has completed. Protect elements in place where they cannot be removed. C. Contractor shall remove all loose particles, laitance, spalling, cracked or debonded concrete and foreign materials with hand tools, tapping concrete to locate areas of unsound concrete. Contractor shall clean all areas to be patched by blowing with compressed air. D. Preparation of surfaces is mandatory and must be performed before any patching is done. Contractor shall perform surface preparation in strict accordance with referenced standards and with manufacturer's recommendations. E. Ensure that supervisory personnel are on-site and on duty when concrete maintenance work begins and during its progress.F. Retain "Preparation for Removal of Deteriorated Concrete" Paragraph below for removal work. F. Preparation for Removal of Deteriorated Concrete: Examine construction to be repaired to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform concrete maintenance work. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures will be necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed in the course of repair. 1. Verify that affected utilities have been disconnected and capped. 2. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed for reinstallation or salvage. 3. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and temporary structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement, settlement, or collapse of construction being demolished and construction and finishes to remain. G. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from concrete maintenance work. ,, •+f Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 125 of 220 1. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation. 2. Use only proven protection methods appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 3. Provide barricades, barriers, and temporary directional signage to exclude public from areas where concrete maintenance work is being performed. 4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of concrete maintenance work. 5. Contain dust and debris generated by concrete maintenance work and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 6. Use water-mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only with adequate, approved procedures and equipment that ensure that such water will not create a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or materials. 7. Protect floors and other surfaces along haul routes from damage, wear, and staining. 8. Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate removal and dismantling work from other areas of the building. 9. Protect adjacent surfaces and equipment by covering them with heavy polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. If practical, remove items, store, and reinstall after potentially damaging operations are complete. 10. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's property. 11. Dispose of debris and runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors. 3.3 CONCRETE REMOVAL FOR CONCRETE PATCHING A. Unsound concrete shall be removed by using hand tools only to sound concrete and/ or stone. B. Where possible, areas of removal shall be rectangular in shape in plan/elevation view. C. Do not feather edges of repairs, but bevel sawcut edges to a minimum of 1/4 in. depth. The sawcut shall be a minimum of 1 in. beyond the identified area of delaminated or unsound concrete. D. The newly exposed sound concrete shall be roughened by sandblasting and cleaned by blowing away loose material with a compressed air jet. E. The Contractor shall determine that all delaminated and unsound concrete has been removed by sounding the final prepared surfaces prior to inspection by the owner's representative. 3.4 CONCRETE PATCHING APPLICATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for application of products, including surface preparation. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 126 of 220 B. Bonding Agent: As required by concrete patching mortar system, apply according to manufacturer's written instructions. Apply to reinforcing bars and exposed concrete surface. C. Placing Patching Mortar: Place as follows unless otherwise recommended in writing by manufacturer: 1. Wet concrete surface thoroughly with water and soft brush to remove all dust and friable material and then remove standing water. 2. Pretreatment: Apply base coat of patching mortar/bonding agent as required by concrete patching mortar system. 3. Mixing: Follow manufacturer's instructions, mix patching mortar with water to obtain mix which is firm and can be applied without the use of molds. Avoid use of excess water. 4. General Placement: Apply patching mortar without heavy pressure. Place patching mortar by troweling toward edges of patch to force intimate contact with edge surfaces. For large patches, fill edges first and then work toward center, always troweling toward edges of patch. At fully exposed reinforcing bars, force patching mortar to fill space behind bars by compacting with trowel from sides of bars. Avoid excessive troweling or overworking of mortar layers. Remove .mortar from adjacent concrete before curing by brushing. 5. Vertical Patching: Place material in lifts of not more than recommended by manufacturer. Do not feather edge. 6. Overhead Patching: Place material in lifts of not more than recommended by manufacturer. Do not feather edge. 7. Apply mortar beyond finish surface and allow to cure for approximately 30 minutes or until thumbprint hard before sculpting and tooling to match profile and texture of adjacent surface existing material. 8. Multiple Lifts: Where multiple lifts are used, score surface of lifts to provide a rough surface for placing subsequent lifts. Allow each lift to reach final set before placing subsequent lifts. 9. Aggregate may be added to final layer to aid in matching texture of surrounding cementitious finish. 10. Finishing: Allow surfaces of lifts that are to remain exposed to become firm and then finish to match existing. 11. Curing: Wet-cure cementitious patching materials for not less than seven days by water-fog spray or water-saturated absorptive cover. Protect patch from rapid curing by covering with dampened fabric coverings and as recommended by manufacturer. 12. All patches shall be firmly affixed to existing concrete with no shrinkage cracks or other defects. 3.5 CONCRETE CRACK REPAIR WITH SEALANT A. Cut out and repair cracks to the following extent: 1. Cracks at locations of the following defects: a. Eroded crack surfaces b. Cracks filled with previous patching materials that have reopened due to subsurface movement. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 127 of 220 B. Route-out cracks as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Revise first subparagraph below according to depth and width required to rake out cracks for Project. 2. Remove material from cracks to depth of 1 /2 inches and not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered concrete. 3. Widen cracks only as necessary to fill them with backer material and sealant. 4. Remove concrete material within raked-out cracks to square off back of raked-out groove. Brush, vacuum, or flush cracks to remove dirt and loose debris. 5. Do not spall edges of concrete along sides of cut-out cracks. 6. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in wall construction, loose adobe units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. C. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. D. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. E. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Use the proper siz~ backer rod. Do not braid multiple back rods together to form a larger diameter backer rod. 4. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. 5. Install backer rod with a device that will provide a consistent depth between the face of the substrate and the outer surface of the backer rod. Adjustable tools are available for installing backer rod to various depths. 6. Use the appropriate sized backer rod for each joint width. Do not place multiple backer rods; or braided backer rods into joints to accommodate joints that are wider than the backer rod on hand. F. Install bond-breaker tape at back of joints where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. G. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Joints should be tooled with a concave surface, compressing the sealant into the joint. ,, •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 128 of 220 H. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide joint configuration to match existing. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. I. Final Finish of Sealants: Sealants are being used as a better performing alterative to mortar; however new joints shall match the appearance of existing concrete. If required to create uniform appearance and for the acceptance of concrete paint, the application of concrete dust should be applied to the joints. Following tooling and prior to skinning or curing, apply dust collected from the removal of mortar joints in preparation for sealant installation. 3.6 COMPLETION A. All concrete and adjacent surfaces shall be cleaned and left in an acceptable appearance. B. Completed work shall be neat in appearance, solidly installed, free from trowel marks and stains, and uniform in color and texture. C. Clean up: At the conclusion of concrete work clean up all debris, refuse and surplus material and remove same from premises. END OF SECTION 03 01 30 {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 129 of 220 PART1-GENERAL SECTION 03 33 19 INTEGRAL COLOR CONCRETE 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Integral color in slab on grade being removed and replaced at the Barbeque area. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data sheets and installation instructions for each product specified. B. Samples for Verification: 1. Architectural concrete Samples, approximately 12 by 12 by 2 inches (300 by 300 by 50 mm, of finishes, colors, and textures to match design reference sample. Include Sample sets showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. 2. Accessories: 6-inch-(150-mm-) long Samples of each exposed strip item required. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Submit a copy of the design mix to the Architect/Engineer and inspection and testing firm. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data with installation instructions for proprietary materials including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, joint materials, hardeners, curing materials and others as requested by Architect. B. Qualification Data: For firms indicated in "Quality Assurance" Article, including lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects, owners, and other information specified. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company regularly engaged in the satisfactory installation of similar materials. Provide a minimum of 5 project of similar nature and complexity completed in the last 5 years. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 130 of 220 B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide required material complete, produced by the same manufacturer. 1. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work. C. Standard Specifications: American Concrete Institute (ACI) "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, except as modified by the requirements specified herein or as shown on Drawings. 1. Conform to ACI 305R and CBC Section 2605(n) when concreting during hot weather. 2. Conform to ACI 306R and CBC Section 2605(m) when concreting during cold weather. D. Sample: Before casting integral color concrete, provide sample to verify selections made under submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects, typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, and set quality standards for materials and execution. Sample may be placed as part of the final construction of the project, but must be removed and replaced if rejected as a sample. Sample will serve as the standard for the balance of the work and shall be protected against damage until final approval of the entire installation. E., Pre-Installation Conference: Conference shall be attended by Contractor, Owner, Architect, integral color concrete subcontractor and his foreman, and manufacturer's representative. Review procedures, materials, techniques, and coordinate related work and shutdowns. 1. Conduct pre-installation conference in conjunction with regular O-A-C meeting. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product identification. B. Store materials indoors, protected from dampness and moisture, direct sunlight and temperatures below 50 degrees For above 80 degrees F. 1. 7 SITE CONDITIONS A Environmental Conditions: Maintain an ambient temperature of between 50° and 90° F during application and at least 48 hours after application. B. Protection: Precautions shall be taken to avoid damage or contamination of any surfaces near the work zone. Protect completed stain work from moisture or contamination. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide smooth concrete surfaces at integral color concrete, utilizing steel, fiberglass or plastic coated forms or any other kind of material that will impart no pattern to concrete ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 131 of 220 and so that a minimum of the following will be evident when the concrete is subject to imposed loads, temperatures and weather conditions: 1. Damage of any kind. 2. Cracking. 3. Adjoining concrete elements out of alignment. 3. Incorrect profiles. B. Align pour joints of integral color concrete with reveals, rustication joints and control joints, as indicated on the Drawings. C. Install integral color architectural concrete free of the following: 1. Surface voids not completely covered by a circle 15/16-inch diameter (25-cent coin), or more than 50 surface voids larger than 1/8-inch in any 1-square foot section of concrete. 2. Voids, sand pockets or discoloration due to fluid loss through the formwork. 3. Rock pockets and honeycombs. 4. Discoloration of any kind, including that caused by staining and from improper placing of concrete. D. If any of the above mentioned deficiencies occur, the Architect may order the affected concrete replaced or repaired with acceptable concrete. Repair only as directed by the Architect. Corrected deficiencies must meet with the Architect's approval. 2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I -Normal, Type II -Moderate, Portland type; produced by one manufacturer. B. Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M, use Felton Olympia sand and granite rock or limestone where shrinkage requirements are specified. Local aggregates of proven durability may be used when acceptable to Architect. C. Coloring Admixture: ASTM C979/C979M, synthetic or natural mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures, temperature stable, and nonfading. D. Use non-metallic aggregate at exposed surfaces. E. Water: Potable; free from deleterious material that may affect color stability, setting, or strength of concrete and complying with chemical limits of PCI MNL 117. 2.3 ADMIXTURES A. Only use admixtures which have been tested and accepted in colored concrete mix designs, unless otherwise acceptable. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A. Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 132 of 220 1. Curing Compound: Approved single function resin based or chlorinated rubber based and compatible with integral color minerals as recommended by manufacturer. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Sealer: As recommended by manufacturer; compatible with integral color pigments; clear. 2.5 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. 3. Overlaid Finnish birch plywood. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Low-Alloy-Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. 2.7 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSl's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless- steel bar supports. 2.8 INTEGRAL CONCRETE COLOR MATERIAL A. Integral Color: Iron oxide pigments by one of the following: {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 133 of 220 1. Davis Colors Colored Additives for Integrally Colored Concrete. 2. Solomon Colors SGS Integral Colors for Ready Mix Concrete. B. Dry Powder Iron Oxide Pigments: Natural and synthetic, milled, blended iron oxide in dry powder form, and having the following characteristics: 1. Produce uniform and consistent color. 2. Permanent, inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, sunfast, weather resistant, alkali resistant, water insoluble, lime proof, and nonbleeding. 3. Free of deleterious fillers and extenders. 4. Free of admixtures. 5. Particle Size: 95 to 99 percent minus 325 mesh. 6. Color additives containing carbon black are only acceptable where required to achieve 'lamp black' colored concrete and as approved under mockup review. C. Color: To be selected by Architect. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Use concrete mixes designed by a testing laboratory or by a recognized supplier. B. Mix designs shall conform to applicable building code requirements, regardless of any other minimum requirements listed herein or on the Drawings. C. Submit mix designs to the inspection and testing firm and Architect/Engineer for review before use. Do not use calcium chloride in any mix without prior approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. E. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirements. F. Air Entrainment: All mixes shall have air entrainment of 2-1/2 percent to 3-1/2 percent. Air content for slab-on-grade shall be 5 percent plus or minus 1 percent by volume. G. Concrete Mix Design: As specified in Section 033000, except as specified in this Section. 1. Color Pigment Weight: Maximum 10 percent of cement weight. 2. Water to Cement Ratio: Maximum 0.50. 3. Use same concrete mix design throughout project. 2.10 ACCESSORIES A. Control-Joint Strips: Separate, double L-type angles, positioned back to back, that match material, thickness, and color of divider strips and in depth required for topping thickness indicated. B. Accessory Strips: Match divider strip width, material, and color unless otherwise indicated. Use the following types of accessory strips as required to provide a complete installation: ,., • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 134 of 220 1. Edge-bead strips for exposed edges of integral color concrete. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A Construct so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. C. Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement. Apply form release agents or wet forms, as required. Retighten forms during concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. 3.2 FORMING AND PLACING CONCRETE A Job-Site Mixing: Use drum type batch machine mixer, mixing not less than 1-1/2 minutes for one cu. yd. or smaller capacity. Increase mixing time at least 15 seconds for each additional cu. yd. or fraction thereof. B. Ready-Mix Concrete: ASTM C94/C94M. C. Integral color may be added to concrete mix at plant or at the job site. Mix at high speed a minimum of 10 minutes before placing concrete. 3.3 REINFORCEMENT A Position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support with metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. B. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable, lapping at least one mesh. C. Joints: Provide construction, isolation, and control joints as indicated or required. Locate construction joints so as to not impair strength and appearance of structure. Place isolation and control joints in slabs-on-ground to stabilize differential settlement and random cracking. D. Where concrete floors finish against other materials, set combination screed and divider strip, secured in place and protected by shores until concrete on opposite side is installed. Insure that top of screed is at the exact required relationship with the top of the two finished surfaces to finish flush. E. Accessory Strips: Install accessory strips as required to provide a complete installation. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 135 of 220 3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 304 and applicable portions of building code indicated on Drawings, placing concrete in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections. Do not begin placement until work of other trades affecting concrete is completed. B. Consolidate placed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment with hand rodding and tamping, so that concrete is worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into forms. C. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes during mixing, placement and curing. 1. In cold weather comply with ACI 306R. 2. In hot weather comply with ACI 305R. D. Wet forms before placing concrete, unless oiled forms are used. E. Convey concrete from mixer to final location as rapidly as possible by methods preventing separation of the ingredients. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in final position to avoid rehandling. F. Screed floors, exterior flatwork, and slabs-on-grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1 /4-inch in 10-feet (Class B tolerance). Pitch all exterior flatwork for positive drainage or as indicated on Drawings. 3.5 APPLICATION -DRY POWDER AND LIQUID IRON OXIDE PIGMENTS A. Measuring, Batching, Mixing, and Delivering Concrete: As specified in Section 033000, except as specified in this section. 1. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete with pigments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Ensure mixer is clean and free of washout water before loading. 3. Load mixer to a minimum of 40 percent capacity. 4. Do not load mixer beyond recommended capacity. 5. Add concrete materials to mixer in same order for each batch. 6. Do not add pigment to mixer as first concrete material. 7. Maintain consistent amounts of batch water in each batch. 3.6 CONCRETE FINISHING A. Placing, Finishing, and Curing Concrete: As specified in Section 033000, except as specified in this section. 1. Place, finish, and cure concrete with pigments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Allow excess surface water to evaporate before finishing. 3. Do not over-finish surface. Avoid burning surface. 4. Do not fog with water or cover surface of colored concrete during initial curing process for a minimum of 48 hours. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 136 of 220 B. Inspect concrete before final finishing. Where required use a magnesium or wood float to further smooth the surface and force larger aggregate below the concrete surface. C. Do not perform any finish steps while there is excess moisture or bleed water on the surface. Dusting or scaling on the finished product will not be accepted. Unsatisfactory work will be required to be removed and replaced. D. Slab Trowel Finish: Consolidate concrete surfaces by finish troweling, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance. Apply finish as required by Architect. E. Final Finish/Texture: Medium broom finish. F. Scoring: Score decorative jointing in concrete surfaces 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) deep with diamond blades. Rinse until water is completely clean. 3.7 CURING A. Do not fog with water or cover surface during initial curing process (24 hours minimum). B. Begin initial curing, using approved curing compounds, no sooner than 24 hours after initial placement of concrete. Where possible, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. C. Continue curing by use of moisture-retaining cover or membrane-forming curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Cure formed surfaces by moist curing until forms are removed. Provide protections as required to prevent damage to exposed concrete surfaces. 3.8 SEALING COLORED CONCRETE A. Concrete substrate shall be completely dry. B. Apply sealer according to manufacturer's written instructions at a rate of 300 to 500 square feet per gallon per coat. Two coats are required. 1. Maintain a wet edge at all times. 2. Allow sealer to completely dry before applying additional coats. 3. Apply second coat of sealer at 90° to the direction of the first coat using the same application method and rates. 4. Seal horizontal joints in areas subject to pedestrian or vehicular traffic. C. Thoroughly inspect all sealed surfaces to verify and approve installation and safety, including wet and dry slip resistance, before the area is opened to traffic. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean concrete of efflorescence in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ensure concrete has sufficiently cured before cleaning. C. Use concrete cleaner approved by pigment manufacturer and Architect. Do not use cleaners containing acid. {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 137 of 220 D. Apply cleaner in accordance with cleaner manufacturer's instructions. E. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Restrict foot traffic for a minimum of 72-hours after final application of sealer. END OF SECTION 03 33 19 ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 138 of 220 SECTION 04 03 36 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF ADOBE MASONRY REPAIRS AND RESTORATION PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Repairing and restoring historic adobe masonry. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 090320 "Historic Treatment of Plaster" for historic lime and cement plaster applied on earthen substrates. 3. Section 092526 "Historic Treatment of Lime Wash" for lime wash on earthen substrates. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Preservation of Historic Adobe Buildings, Preservation Brief #5, Technical Preservation Services, National Park Service. B. Adobe Conservation: A Preservation Handbook, Cornerstones Community Partnerships Technical Staff, 2006, available at http://cstones.org/education/handbook. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Perform historic treatment of adobe masonry under quantity allowances shown on plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. B. Perform historic treatment of adobe masonry under quantity allowances shown on plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and {'\ •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 139 of 220 Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. C. Provide sq. ft. unit cost w/ schedule of values to be used in the event of authorize of change order. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING OF EXISTING ADOBE A. Preconstruction testing of the existing adobe after contract award should be included as incidental to the work to be performed under this section. Testing shall be used to confirm particle distribution and compressive strength of existing adobe. Compressive strength of new adobe shall be close to that of the existing adobe. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. "Work Sequence" Paragraph below is an example only; revise to suit Project or delete if not prescribing a work sequence. Insert other sequences for different areas of building or types of work if needed. B. Work Sequence: Perform historic treatment of adobe masonry in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Adobe Testing per Preconstruction Testing of Existing Adobe. 2. Remove plant growth that would interfere with adobe repairs unless otherwise indicated. 3. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware that overlie adobe surfaces except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 4. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 5. Examine condition of adobe surfaces. 6. Clean adobe surface according to Preservation Brief and Handbook standards and remove loose paint and other finishes to the extent needed to perform adobe repairs. 7. Repair and replace defective adobe units and plaster to the degree required for a uniform, tightly adhered surface. 8. Cure repaired work, and allow it to dry for proper finishing. 9. Apply finishes per schedule. 10. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Adobe Units: The contractor shall provide at least three samples of the adobe blocks as specified below, including the full curing period. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 140 of 220 a. If it is found that cracks occur in the sample blocks, as determined by the Architect, the contractor shall prepare further samples, varying the mix until an appropriate mix is found that will not lead to cracking of the adobe block. b. The compressive strength of new adobe shall be close to the compressive strength of existing. c. New adobe units shall be compatible with the existing, indicating that they must not be "stabilized" with Portland cement, asphalt emulsion or other amendments. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications: Work of this Section shall be performed by a firm with not less than 5 years successful experience in comparable rehabilitation and restoration projects in accordance with the Secretary of Interior Standards. Firm shall have expertise in all of the Work listed in the Summary of this Section. Firm shall employ personnel and supervisors skilled in the rehabilitation and restoration processes and operations indicated. B. Preconstruction Conference: The Owner's Representative, Architect, Contractor, Project Manager and Foreman responsible for the Work of this Section shall attend one pre- construction conference. C. Mockups: Build mockups of historic treatment processes for each type of adobe masonry repair and reconstruction work to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation. 1. Locate mockups on existing walls where directed by Architect unless otherwise indicated. 2. Number and Size: Two wall surfaces of at least 2 sq. ft. dimension to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of adobe repair and reconstruction under same conditions as the completed Work. Include at least the following: a. Adobe Crack Repair: Repair 3 linear ft. of wall cracks. b. Adobe Veneer Repair: Replace four adobe veneer units, near base of wall to demonstrate repair of basal erosion. c. Adobe Wall Build-Out: Install 2-sq. ft. area of adobe mortar build-out. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials and adobe masonry units in a dry place off the ground, under cover that permits air circulation but protects from damage and intrusion of water and foreign matter B. Store adobe soil and sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 141 of 220 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repair work to be performed in dry conditions unless other precautions and devices are used to protect the work areas. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repair work to be performed in dry conditions unless other precautions and devices are used to protect the work areas. C. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repair work to be performed in dry conditions unless other precautions and devices are used to protect the work areas. D. Field Measurements: Where adobe units are indicated to fit into existing adobe construction, verify dimensions of existing adobe by field measurements before fabrication .. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Soil: Shall be obtained from a location coordinated with the Owner and approved by the Architect. It shall contain the same materials and proportions as the existing historic adobe and mortar. 1. Soil-Mix Proportions: Materials and proportions of the historic adobe and mortar shall be as close as possible to historic material, as determined by particle size analysis OR: a. -75% sand and gravel b. -25% silt and clay (The clay fraction makes up -up to 15% of the total soil. 2. Soil for adobe blocks shall be passed through a 3/4-inch screen. 3. Soil for mortar shall be passed through a 3/8-inch screen. B. Water: shall be potable PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF ADOBE MASONRY, GENERAL A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect. l'\ •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 142 of 220 B Retain "Historic Treatment Appearance Standard" Paragraph below to control overall appearance from a distance. If retaining below for textured historic finishes, consider revising paragraph to suit Project. C. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect. D. General: In treating historic adobe, disturb it as minimally as possible and as follows unless otherwise indicated: Revise "General" Paragraph below to suit Project. 1. Dismantle loose, damaged, or deteriorated adobe units and plaster that cannot be repaired. 2. Verify extent of deterioration against that indicated on Drawings. Consult Architect on types and extent of required work. 3. Verify that substrate surface conditions are suitable for repairs. 4. Provide temporary shoring support systems for weakened adobe masonry included in the work of this Section. 5. Replace lost details in new adobe and plaster that replicate existing or indicated configurations. 6. Leave repaired adobe or plasterwork in proper condition for applying other finishes as indicated. 7. Install temporary protective measures to protect historic surfaces that shall be treated later. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with historic treatment specialist present, for compliance with requirements for substrate and environmental conditions, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. If existing substrates cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for repair or plastering work, notify Architect in writing. 2. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. B. Begin historic adobe masonry work only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Coordinate historic adobe masonry work with new structural steel column installation and other trades. 3.3 ADOBE CRACK REPAIR (A1) A. Cut out and repair cracks to the following extent: 1. Cracks at locations of the following defects: a. Eroded crack surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep. b. Deterioration to point that wall material can be easily removed by hand, without tools. {". •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 143 of 220 c. Cracks filled with substances other than adobe materials. B. Cut out cracks as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Remove material from cracks to depth of 2 inches and not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered adobe. Do not remove unsound adobe more than 3 inches deep; consult Architect for direction. 2. Widen cracks only as necessary to fill them with repair mortar. 3. Remove adobe material within raked-out cracks to square off back of raked-out groove. Brush, vacuum, or flush cracks to remove dirt and loose debris. 4. Abrade smooth, side surfaces of crack, if any, by gouging (keying) the inside area of the crack. 5. Do not spall edges of adobe along sides of cut-out cracks. 6. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable. C. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in wall construction, loose adobe units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. D. Filling with Mortar: 1. Spray crack interior surfaces and adjacent adobe with water to dampen the wall and remove debris. Do not soak. Time spraying so that, at time of filling, prepared crack surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If water dries, spray prepared surfaces again before filling. 2. Apply repair mortar first to areas where existing adobe was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas in the prepared groove. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to dry until thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. After deep areas have been filled to same depth as remaining cracks, point cracks by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer and allow it to dry until thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 4. Do not spread mortar beyond repair edges onto adjacent adobe surfaces or featheredge the mortar. 3.4 ADOBE VENEER REPAIR (A2) A. Description: Where backup masonry is fractured or unstable and at locations indicated, repair adobe masonry by removing adobe units that are broken or deteriorated and rebuilding with new adobe construction. Carefully remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with whole or partial units. 1. Dismantle plaster that is delaminated (loose), irreparably damaged or deteriorated, and as required to exposed for replacement defective adobe units according to Section 090320 Historic Treatment of Plaster. B. Shoring: Erect temporary shoring to protect and stabilize from movement the remaining construction above and around the adobe masonry being repaired. 1. Shore up ceilings and roofs above the work areas. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 144 of 220 2. Shore up lintels, wood framing, bond beams, and grounds embedded in or supported by adobe masonry. Coordinate with new structural steel column and wood repairs, which are specified in other Sections. 3. Stabilize remaining adobe masonry that surrounds each removal area as the repair work progresses. 4. Sequence constructing, removing, and relocating temporary shoring and bracing with adobe repair work where replacement is extensive in depth or width in order to prevent weakening the wall unacceptably during the repair work. 5. Remove shoring and bracing after repairs are complete. C. Dismantling and Inspection: Inspect for excessive moisture in the adobe masonry assembly. 1. Dismantle crushed, softened, broken, and otherwise damaged adobe units and mortar. 2. Clean masonry surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for adobe replacement. 3. Maintain adjacent masonry in an undamaged condition. 4. Allow remaining and otherwise sound masonry to dry out before proceeding with the repair work. 5. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids, cracks, bulges, loose units beyond the removal area, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. D. Install new or partial adobe units in sound condition, matching type of existing units. Do not use new, broken units unless they can be cut to usable size. 1. Install adobe replacement units into bonding and coursing pattern of existing units. 2. Install units with concave side down. 3. If cutting is required, use saw capable of cutting adobe with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. E. Preparation for Mortaring: Prepare wall cavity by spraying dry areas to damp yet firm condition and without visible water droplets, then install patch material to original profiles. 1. Spray new adobe units and repair area with water so that surfaces are damp yet firm and free of standing water. Do not soak units or wall cavity. If water dries, spray surfaces again before infilling the repair area. F. Mortaring: Prepare a low-moisture adobe mortar mix (dry mix) with about five percent water content. Use this mix, well compacted, to completely fill bed, head, and collar joints. 1. Set new adobe units tightly into position with wood shims. Place units against fresh mortar in collar joint when filling partial wall thickness. 2. Install dry mortar in layers and compact tightly. 3. Remove shims and fill the voids with dry mortar, compacted in layers. G. Finishing: Finish flat surfaces flush with adjacent adobe. For molded shapes, tool adobe surface to restore the shape and edge contours. ,, •,;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 145 of 220 H. Cure repaired adobe masonry by sheltering the wall to ensure slow drying over seven consecutive days, including weekends and holidays before replastering. 3.5 ADOBE WALL BUILD-OUT (A3) A. Repair areas of deterioration by building-out surface of wall to the following extent: 1. Deterioration at locations of the following defects. a. Deterioration to point that wall material can be easily removed by hand, without tools. b. Areas of unsound adobe beneath delaminated plaster. c. Areas filled with substances other than adobe materials. d. Areas of surface deterioration over 2-inches thick shall be repaired per adobe unit replacement. 8. Clean out areas of deterioration as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Remove material from wall not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered adobe. Do not remove unsound adobe more than 2 inches deep; consult Architect for direction. 2. Brush, vacuum, or flush surfaces to remove dirt and loose debris. 3. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable. 4. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in wall construction, loose adobe units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. C. Build-Out wall with adobe mortar 1. Install mechanical key, such as clay tile shards, in head joints to provide mechanical bond with new mud mortar. 2. Cast in mud mortar in layers not greater than 3/4 inch until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to dry until thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. Use more aggregate and higher clay content closer to the surface and rough scratch coat for bond with new plaster. 4. Rake out head and bed joints to provide mechanical bond for new plaster. 3.6 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess materials are Contractor's property. B. Waste: Remove waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades against damage. Promptly remove adobe materials from surfaces not indicated to be repaired or plastered. Do not scratch or damage finished surfaces. l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 146 of 220 B. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during adobe masonry historic treatment work. C. Correct damage to other historic surfaces and to new work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. Remove temporary protections and enclosure of other work. END OF SECTION 04 03 36 ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 147 of 220 SECTION 04 03 43 HISTORIC STONE MASONRY REPOINTING & RESETTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of: 1. Resetting loose and missing stones at site walls. 2. Resetting loose stone in the stone steps. 3. Repointing stone walls. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures." 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM C136 -Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 2. ASTM C 141 -Standard Specification for Hydraulic Lime for Structural Purposes. 3. ASTM C144 -Standard Specification -Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. B. Mack, Robert C. & Speweik, John P. Preservation Briefs 2: Repainting Mortar Joints in Historic Masonry Buildings. Washington, D.C.: National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, 1998. http://www.nps.gov/tps/how-to-preserve/briefs/2-repoint-mortar- joints.htm 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: 1. Natural Hydraulic Lime: Product Data Sheets. 2. Aggregate: Sieve Analysis B. Samples 1. Submit one cup (8 oz.) sample of aggregate. 2. Submit 4" x 4" x 1 /2" dried mortar sample. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 148 of 220 1.5 UNIT PRICES A. Perform historic treatment of repainting and resetting historic masonry under quantity allowances shown on plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. B. Provide sq.ft unit cost w/ schedule of values to be used in the event of authorize of change order. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A Pinning stones: Small stones used to secure the larger stones in the wall and reduce the bulk of mortar in wide joints. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Discuss stone repainting and resetting at the Preliminary Conference. No 040343 Work shall begin until discussed with the Architect. 1. Review methods and procedures related to repairing historic stone masonry including, but not limited to, the following: a. Verify Historic Stone Masonry Cleaning, Repainting and Resetting specialist's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances. c. Quality-control program. d. Stone Historic Treatment Program. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Order sand for pointing and resetting mortar immediately after approval of Samples. Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project. B. Work Sequence: Perform stone historic treatment work in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Remove plant growth. 2. Remove paint and surface deposits. 3. Rake out mortar from stone joints to be repainted. 4. Reset loose masonry. 5. Repoint open mortar joints. 1.9 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 149 of 220 2. Include recommendations for product application and use. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. 3. Include pointing and resetting mortar mix design and material data sheets. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Pointing and Resetting Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing and resetting in the form of sample mortar strips, 4 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, or tiles 1-1/2 inches by 1-1 /2 inches, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least five samples of different mixes of colored sands and binders that produce a mortar matching the existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry. b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and sources of colored sands from which each sample was made. 2. Each type of sand used for pointing and resetting mortar; minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars. a. For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. Identify blend ratio. b. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment on existing surfaces to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Repainting: For each of the areas specified below rake out joints in two separate areas, each approximately 10 linear feet long and repaint one of these areas, the other to remain as a surface preparation sample. Undertake these mock-ups in each of the following locations: a. Stone Wall at Palm Lane 2. Resetting: For each of the areas specified below remove two loose pieces of masonry, remove all existing mortar surrounding the stone units and reset one of the stone units, the other unit to remain as a surface preparation sample including the cleaned masonry unit. Undertake these mock-ups in each of the following locations: a. Stone Steps at Red Carpet Stairs. b. Stone Wall Behind Wash House c. Stone Wall at Palm Lane 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 150 of 220 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. B. Store all hydrated lime-based products on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use hydrated lime-based materials that have become damp. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been left open for more than two days. C. Store sand where grading, moisture content and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit cleaning, repainting, and resetting work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements. B. Temperature Limits, General: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 41 and 90 deg F (5 and 32 deg C) and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated. C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for mortar-joint pointing and resetting of stone units unless otherwise indicated: 1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F (5 deg C), heat mortar ingredients and existing stone to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F (5 and 49 deg C). 2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F (5 deg C), provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 40 deg F (5 deg C) within the enclosure for seven days after pointing and resetting. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing and resetting mortar when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F (32 deg C) and above unless otherwise indicated. E. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing and resetting historic masonry (Natural Hydraulic Lime (NHL), sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. Color and texture of cured mortar to match that of existing, adjacent, clean mortar. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 151 of 220 2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Natural Hydraulic Lime (NHL) 3.5 B. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 with amendments given below. 1. Use a well graded Natural Sharp Sand with at least 4 grades forming over 85 per cent by weight of the sand. All grains should pass through the grade #8 (2.36mm) sieve; the largest grain size should be no more than 1/3 the width of the joint. If necessary sieve the selected mortar sand to remove overly large sand grains. Do not use a mortar sand with more than 3% of particles smaller than grade #200 (0.075mm). 2. Color: Provide natural sand of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 3. Provide well graded sand with sub-angular edges. 2.3 STONE FOR RESETTING A. Salvaged stones from on site or if it is not available in sufficient quantities: 1. Provide stone to match existing in size, shape, color, and texture. These materials are specified, but verification is required to determine if they are suitable match. a. KRC 75% by count Artesian Boulder b. And KRC 25% Autumn Brown Boulder 2. Gradation: Match existing variation in sizes. 2.4 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Water: Potable. B. Tools and Accessories 1. Chisels: Carbide-tipped stone carving chisels. 2. Hand Chisels 3. Pointing Irons: Width slightly less than joint width. Various widths required to suit project conditions. Do not use pointing tools that are wider than the joint width. 4. Natural bristle brushes of various sizes for cleaning raked-out joints. 5. Garden sprayer, water hose, and shop-type vacuum for cleaning raked-out joints. 6. Hand water mister bottle and garden sprayer for curing, cleaning, and finishing pointed joints. C. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup: 1. Previous effectiveness in performing work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces. ,, •+f Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 152 of 220 2.5 MORTAR MIXES A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure NHL and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer. 1. Mixing Pointing and Resetting Mortar: Thoroughly mix NHL and sand together before adding any water. Then mix again adding water slowly until a workable mix has been achieved. Record the amount of water added to be replicated for future mixes as closely as possible to ensure mix consistency. Do not add an excess of water. If the mortar is prevented from drying it can continue to be used for up to 8 hours after mixing. If the mortar stiffens, it should be mixed to regain workability, do not add any additional water unless workability cannot be regained by mixing. B. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated. C. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions: 1. Pointing and Resetting Mortar for stone: 1 part NHL 3.5 and 2.5 parts sand by volume. D. Mortar should be mixed for at least 10 minutes. Greater workability and better mortar performance is achieved with less water and longer mixing. (Mortars can be left to stand and fatten up for up to 1-3 hours depending on the mix; and tempered before use.) Mortar can be reworked up to 8 hours after mixing. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 STONE REPOINTING AND RESETTING, GENERAL A. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces and reset stones are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from by Architect. 3.2 RESETTING STONEWORK AT LOOSE-LAID RUBBLE SITE WALLS (WITHOUT MORTAR) A. Walls behind the Wash House contain areas of loose and missing stone. The intention is to stabilize and repair these walls to protect the slope and prevent loss of stone and plant materials. 1. Minimize disturbance of existing vegetation when resetting loose stones. Coordinate removal and salvage of plant materials required for resetting stones with owner. 2. Salvage stones in areas of the stone wall that have collapsed or where stones are loose. 3. Using small hand tools, excavate soil to provide stable platform for resetting salvaged stones. 4. Reinstall stones working from the base of the wall to the top of the wall. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 153 of 220 5. Hand rake areas of soil upslope of the wall to blend with the contours at the top of the wall. 3.3 RESETTING STONEWORK AT MORTARED STONE RETAINING WALLS A. Stone walls along Palm Lane and south of the Barbeque have loose and missing stones. 1. Stones are at Palm Lane are mortared to create a stabilized surface at the base of an earthen slope. 2. Stones at the wall south of the Barbeque area are loose and require resetting to establish a uniform appearance. B. Minimize disturbance of existing vegetation when resetting loose stones. Coordinate removal and salvage of plant materials required for resetting stones with owner. C. Remove loose stones. Document locations so that stones are reset in exact locations. D. Chip out mortar at stones to be reset to allow mortar to be placed behind the stone. E. Place mortar into the back of the void. If the mortar thickness at the back of the stone will be greater than 3/4 inches use pinning stones of the right thickness to fill the space and reduce the volume of mortar. F. Do not over fill the void but place sufficient mortar at the back and sides of the void to encase the stone. G. Place the stone in the correct orientation and knock into position using a wooden mallet or separating the stone from the hammer using a wood block. H. Fill the joints to the intended finished mortar depth compacting the mortar at the time it is placed in the joint by applying firm pressure with the pointing tool. I. Use pinning stones in wide joints to reduce the bulk of the mortar. Pinning stones should not be visible at the face of the joint, per existing conditions, and should be embedded at least 3/4 inches within the joint. J. Mortar to replicate existing joint finish. Do not spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed stone surfaces or featheredge the mortar. K. Do not overfill joints. Remove excess mortar. L. When the final lift has reached thumbprint hardness, the joints should be 'knocked back' to compress the mortar into the back of the joint using a stiff natural bristle brush and prevent shrinkage cracks from forming. M. Tool joints to match the existing adjacent joints. Tooling of joint to be approved in mockup. 1. Finish joints uniformly. Do not overwork. Leave the surface of the masonry clean. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 154 of 220 3.4 RESETTING LOOSE STONES AT RED CARPET STAIRS A. Loose stones at the red-carpet stairs outside the Hacienda require removal and resetting. B. Remove loose stones. Document locations so that stones are reset in exact locations. C. Chip out mortar at stones to be reset to allow mortar to be placed behind the stone. D. Place mortar into the back of the void. If the mortar thickness at the back of the stone will be greater than 3/4 inches use pinning stones of the right thickness to fill the space and reduce the volume of mortar. E. Do not over fill the void but place sufficient mortar at the back and sides of the void to encase the stone. F. Place the stone in the correct orientation and knock into position using a wooden mallet or separating the stone from the hammer using a wood block. G. Fill the joints to the intended finished mortar depth compacting the mortar at the time it is placed in the joint by applying firm pressure with the pointing tool. 3.5 REMOVING EXISTING MORTAR WHEN REPOINTING STONE A. Rake out joints to the following extent for repointing: 1. Joints at locations of the following defects: a. Holes and missing mortar. b. Cracks 1/16 inch or more in width and of any depth. c. Hollow-sounding joints when tapped by metal object. d. Eroded surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep. e. Deterioration to the point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools. f. Joints filled with substances other than mortar. B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required. C. Rotary grinders are not permitted for the removal of mortar due to the uneven nature of the construction bedding. Mortar shall be removed to the required depth using hand stone carving chisels or by hand. D. Existing mortar shall be removed using only small-headed hand stone carving chisels that are no wider than half the width of the existing masonry joints. E. Rake out all mortar surrounding loose masonry that is no longer bonded into the structure. 1. Remove loose stone unit and provide shoring as required to support masonry above. 2. Clean all mortar from the removed stone's surfaces. 3. Remove all mortar from the faces of the adjacent stones and rake back mortar at the back of the joint to a bonded cohesive surface. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 155 of 220 4. Leave stone in correct position and orientation if safe to do so or mark and document correct orientation and position and keep in storage until resetting occurs. F. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1 . Mortar Removal Depth a. Existing mortar joints shall be raked out to a whichever depth is greatest: 1) 2-1 /2 times the width of the existing mortar joint, but not less than 1- 1 /2 inches. 2) The depth necessary to remove previously pointed overly hard Portland cement mortar. 3) Until bonded, cohesive existing mortar is encountered. 2. All joints shall be raked back to sound, solid, back up material. Raking out shall leave a clean, square face at the back of the joint to provide for maximum contact of pointing mortar with the masonry back up mortar. Shallow or feather edging will not be permitted. 3. Do not widen the existing masonry joints. Do not spall or chip the surrounding masonry edges in the process of mortar removal. Damage to surrounding stone resulting from rotary blade over running is not permitted. Contractor shall replace stone damaged during mortar removal with replacement units that match the original as determined by the Architect. 4. Brush joint faces and vacuum debris from joint to remove dirt and loose debris, working from top to bottom of wall. G. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose stone, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. 3.6 PRE-WETTING A. Brush joint faces and flush out joints with water to remove dirt and loose debris, working from top to bottom of wall. Rinse stone joints with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Joint surfaces should be damp but free from standing water. B. Prior wetting is necessary to achieve the proper absorption rate before masonry repair commences and is essential to good masonry practice. Presoak walls and joints with water as required by project and weather conditions. During hot or windy weather, wet walls and joints several times in advance of pointing. Re-wet walls and joints yet to be pointed if masonry dries out before pointing. Masonry units shall be damp but without standing water at the time of pointing. C. Maintain hand mister bottles or a garden sprayer with clean, clear, potable water immediately available to masons at all times during the repointing process. A very low pressure spray (garden hose with nozzle adjusted to a fine, low-volume mist) may be used over large areas providing erosion of joints is prevented. 3.7 REPOINTING STONEWORK A. All open joints shall be pointed in a single layer/"lift" unless the open join depth exceeds 4 times the width of the existing mortar joint. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 156 of 220 1. Joint depths more than 4 times the width of the existing mortar joint should be repointed in an initial lift to bring the mortar depth up to a depth 2-1/2 times the width of the existing mortar joint. 2. Install mortar compacting each layer at the time it is placed in the joint by applying firm pressure with the pointing tool. 3. Allow the initial lift to become thumbprint hard before installing the final lift in all open joints. B. Use pinning stones in wide joints to reduce the bulk of the mortar. Pinning stones should not be visible at the face of the joint, per existing conditions, and should be embedded at least 3/4 inches within the joint. C. Mortar to be slightly recessed to replicate existing joint finish. Do not spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed stone surfaces or featheredge the mortar. D. Do not overfill joints. Remove excess mortar. E. When the final lift has reached thumbprint hardness, the joints should be 'knocked back' to compress the mortar into the back of the joint using a stiff natural bristle brush and prevent shrinkage cracks from forming. F. Tool joints to match the existing adjacent joints. Tooling of joint to be approved in mockup. G. Finish joints uniformly. Do not overwork. Leave the surface of the masonry clean. 3.8 FINAL CLEANING A. Maintain clean surfaces on the face, sills, ledges, and projections of masonry. B. With a trowel, strike off minor dabs of adherent mortar from face of masonry. C. Remove minor mortar marks from masonry by misting with water and brushing with a small, stiff-bristle brush. Do not smear or spread out mortar deposits. D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt. 3.9 CURING A. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp (not wet) condition for at least 96 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays. B. Mist walls with water as required by project and weather conditions to ensure slow curing of the lime mortar. C. Shield from direct sun and drying winds after installation. Acceptable curing methods include covering with damp tightly woven burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. D. Protection should be left in place for 7 days to minimize drying. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 157 of 220 E. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. If hairline cracking occurs remove mortar and repaint. END OF SECTION 04 03 43 ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 158 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 05 50 00 MET AL FABRICATIONS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for existing countertop at bar area of Cabana. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Codrdinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 159 of 220 2.2 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099113 "Exterior Painting." B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPl#79 and compatible with topcoat. C. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. ,, • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 160 of 220 H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.7 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 161 of 220 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot- dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 {'\ • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 162 of 220 SECTION 06 01 21 FINISH CARPENTRY RESTORATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Refurbishing wood components deemed structurally acceptable to remain. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 090320 -Historic Treatment of Plaster B. Section 099100 -Painting 1.4 UNIT PRICES A Perform finish carpentry restoration under quantity allowances shown on plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. 8. Provide unit cost w/ schedule of values to be used in the event of authorize of change order. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform historic wood repair in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Before removing wood components for on-site or off-site repair, tag each component with location-identification numbers. Indicate on tags and building plans the locations of each component, such as "Baseboard on North Side of Room 101." 2. In the shop, label each repaired component and whole or partial replacement with permanent location-identification number in inconspicuous location and remove site-applied tags. 3. Sort units by condition, separating those that need extensive repair. 4. Clean surfaces. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 163 of 220 5. General Wood-Repair Sequence: a. Remove paint to bare wood. b. Repair wood by consolidation, replacement, partial replacement, and patching. c. Sand, prime, fill, sand again, and prime surfaces again for refinishing. 6. Repair, refinish, and replace hardware if required. Reinstall operating hardware. 7. Reinstall components. 8. Apply finish coats. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the following: 1. Epoxy consolidants and filler. 2. Wood fill and putty materials. 3. Waterproof glue. 4. Wood preservative. B. Samples for verification: Submit full-size samples for architect review of wood logs for lintel replacement. 1.7 MOCK-UPS A. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment repair processes to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution, and for fabrication and installation. Prepare mockups so they are as inconspicuous as practicable. B. Perform sample restoration work of the following general processes on existing materials in an area directed by the Architect, of sufficient scope to demonstrate the effectiveness of proposed materials and techniques. 1. Demonstrate each process of patching, plugging, and cut-ins. 2. Demonstrate each process of refinishing. C. Obtain written approval from Architect for all representative visual qualities before proceeding with work. 1. Make modifications to methods and techniques used as required to achieve intended results. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 164 of 220 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Pack, deliver, and store products in suitable packs, heavy-duty cartons, or wooden crates; surround with sufficient packing material to ensure that products will not be deformed, broken, or otherwise damaged. B. Until installed, store products inside a well-ventilated area and protect from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity, and where environmental conditions comply with manufacturer's requirements. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic wood repair only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RAFTER TAIL RESTORATION -PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Inspect each eave and rafter tails and report to the Architect any discrepancies between the Drawings and actual conditions. B. Patch holes, indentations, gouges less than 1 inch by 1 inch by 1 /2-inch deep with epoxy wood filler. Patch damaged areas larger than 1 inch by 1 inch by 1/2-inch deep with wood dutchmen. C. Replace rotted or structurally unsound rafter tails with new members exactly matching ·the profiles and joinery of the existing. Patch holes in wood work as described above. 1. Joint Construction: Match existing joints. 2. Wood Cut: Match existing. 3. Wood Texture and Finish: match existing 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood, General: Clear fine-grained lumber; kiln dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) deep by 2 inches (51 mm) wide. 1. Wood Species for Replacement of Existing Rafter Tails: Match existing. 2. Wood Species for Replacement of Existing Log Lintels and Details: Match existing. B. Lumber: Water-repellent preservative treated after ma·chining in accordance with NWWDA, I.S.4. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 165 of 220 C. Chemical Stripper: Prosoco, "Enviro Stripper No. 3 or No. 4"; 3M, "Safest Stripper", or approved equal. D. Epoxies, Consolidants and Adhesives: As manufactured by Sika Corp.; Abatron, Inc., or approved equal. E. Wood Fill: As manufactured by Abatron, Inc., "Woodepox #1", or approved equal. F. Putty: Linseed oil type, complying with FS TT-P-791, tinted to match surface finish color. G. Dowels: Hardwood, oak H. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Fabricated from nonmagnetic stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated steel complying with the requirements of ASTM B633 for SC 3 (severe) service condition. I. Fasteners (General): Use fastener metals that are noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined. 1. Match existing fasteners in material and type of fastener unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use concealed fasteners for interconnecting wood components. 3. For fastening metals, use fasteners of same basic metal as fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. 4. Finish exposed fasteners to match finish of metal fastened unless otherwise indicated. J. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Stainless steel, non-corrosive aluminum or hot- dip galvanized box or casing nails at exterior locations. Provide pre-finished nails in color to match where face nailing is unavoidable. 1. Where galvanized finish is indicated, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot- dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. K. Adhesives: Wood adhesives with minimum 15-to 45-minute cure at 70 deg F (21 deg C), in gunnable and liquid formulations as recommended in writing by adhesive manufacturer for each type of repair and exposure condition. L. Borate Preservative Treatment: Inorganic, borate-based solution, with disodium octaborate tetrahydrate as the primary ingredient; manufactured for preserving weathered and decayed wood from further damage caused by fungi and wood-boring insects; complying with AWPA PS; containing no boric acid. M. Cleaning Materials: 1. Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent that contains no ammonia, 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 15 quarts of warm water for each 5 gal. of solution required. 2. Mildewcide: Commercial, proprietary mildewcide or a solution prepared by mixing 1/3 cup of household detergent that contains no ammonia, 1 quart of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 3 quarts of warm water. {'\ •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 166 of 220 2.3 REPAIR OF WOOD COMPONENTS A. Make repairs to match existing components. Where transparent finishes are scheduled to be applied, use wood of the same species, grade, cut, color tone and grain pattern. B. Use the same carpentry methods exhibited in the existing work to make repairs. C. Use only non-ferrous fasteners and separate dissimilar metals using approved methods. D. Make wood patches in boat or diamond shape so as to minimize those joint surfaces at ninety degrees to the members' grain direction. 2.4 FABRICATION OF NEW COMPONENTS A. Fabricate work to designs, dimensions and details shown on the Drawings and approved shop drawings. Replicate existing profiles except where specifically indicated. B. Machine new and replacement woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details to match existing. C. Use solid stock material that is well matched for color and grain to existing components to remain. D. Treat millwork exposed to weather or in contact with dissimilar materials with wood preservative. 2.5 FINISHING A. Use applications and techniques best suited to match the desired finish. B. Blotchy, uneven stain application, orange peel, runs, drips and any otherwise defective finish will be deemed unacceptable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent materials from damage by historic wood repair. B. Clean wood of mildew, algae, moss, plant material, loose paint, grease, dirt, and other debris by scrubbing with bristle brush or sponge and detergent solution. Scrub mildewed areas with mildewcide. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly with fresh water. Allow to dry before repairing or painting. C. Condition replacement wood members and replacement units to prevailing conditions at installation areas before installing. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 167 of 220 3.2 HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR, GENERAL A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect from building interior at 5 feet (1.5 m) away from surface and from building exterior at 20 feet (6 m) away from surface. B. General: In treating historic items, disturb them as minimally as possible and as follows: 1. Stabilize and repair wood to reestablish structural integrity and weather resistance while maintaining the existing form of each item. 2. Remove coatings and apply borate preservative treatment before repair. Remove coatings according to Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" unless otherwise indicated. 3. Repair items in place where possible. 4. Install temporary protective measures to protect wood-treatment work that is indicated to be completed later. 3.3 STRIPPING WOOD A. Use only environmentally friendly, neutral and solvent based strippers; alkaline based products are not acceptable. B. Apply chemical stripper in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for each wood species and type of coating. C. Test surfaces with the process and results recorded to provide the least intrusive and damaging methods for stripping trellis components. 1. Obtain Architect's written approval for the selected method before proceeding. D. ' Completely remove existing finish using multiple applications of approved stripper. Use hand scrapers for this purpose without gouging, splintering or otherwise damaging sound wood. E. Thoroughly remove stripping residuals, including wax. F. Test stripped surfaces for evidence of acids and alkali. Neutralize surfaces found not to be pH neutral and retest. G. Sand surfaces by hand with steel wool and 250 grit sandpaper to remove all signs or raised grain. Seal exposed surfaces with an approved sanding sealer. H. Mechanical Abrasion: Where mechanical abrasion is needed for the work, use only the gentlest mechanical methods, such as scraping and natural-fiber bristle brushing, that will not abrade wood substrate, reducing clarity of detail. Do not use abrasive methods, such as sanding, wire brushing, or power tools, except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and as approved by Architect. I. Prime thoroughly dried wood surfaces, fill in all bolt or nail holes and cracks. After primer has dried, sand between coats. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 168 of 220 3.4 WOOD RESTORATION A. Repair Wood: Match existing materials and features, retaining as much original material as possible to perform repairs. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, repair wood by consolidating, patching, splicing, or otherwise reinforcing wood with new wood matching existing wood or with salvaged, sound, original wood. 2. Where indicated, repair wood by limited replacement matching existing material. B. Fill in miscellaneous holes, cracks and gouges in sash with epoxy wood filler. C. Sand surface to be filled to clean, bare wood. D. Brush apply epoxy consolidant to wood. E. Mix epoxy filler according to manufacturer's instructions. F. Apply epoxy filler when consolidant is tacky but not hard. G. Fill flush with surface of wood, matching profile of original wood. Sand to smooth surface after filler is completely hard. H. Replace Wood: Where indicated, duplicate and replace units with units made from salvaged, sound, original wood or with new wood matching existing wood. Use surviving prototypes to create patterns for duplicate replacements. 1. Do not use substitute materials unless otherwise indicated. I. Identify removed items with numbering system corresponding to item locations, to ensure reinstallation in same location. Key items to Drawings showing location of each removed unit. Permanently label units in a location that will be concealed after reinstallation. 3.5 WOOD PATCH-TYPE REPAIR (W1 AND W6) A. General: Patch wood that exhibits depressions, holes, or similar voids, and that has limited amounts of rotted or decayed wood. 1. Verify that surfaces are sufficiently clean and free of paint residue prior to patching. 2. Treat wood with wood consolidant prior to application of patching compound. Coat wood surfaces by brushing, applying multiple coats until wood is saturated and refuses to absorb more. Allow treatment to harden before filling void with patching compound. 3. Remove rotted or decayed wood down to sound wood. B. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces either before applying wood consolidant or after removing rotted or decayed wood. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. Allow treatment to dry. C. Apply wood-patching compound to fill depressions, nicks, cracks, and other ·voids created by removed or missing wood. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 169 of 220 1. Prime patch area with application of wood consolidant or manufacturer's recommended primer. 2. Mix only as much patching compound as can be applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply patching compound in layers as recommended in writing by manufacturer until the void is completely filled. 3. Sand patch surface smooth and flush with adjacent wood, without voids in patch material, and matching contour of wood member. 4. Clean spilled compound from adjacent materials immediately. D. Install New Beam Cap at repair type W6. 3.6 WOOD-RAFTER TAIL REPLACEMENT REPAIR (W2) A. Replace rafter tails where it is determined that damage is too extensive to patch. 1. Remove surface-attached items from wood surface before performing wood- replacement repairs unless otherwise indicated. 2. Verify that surfaces are sufficiently clean and free of paint residue prior to repair. 3. Remove broken, rotted, and decayed wood down to sound wood. 4. Custom fabricate new wood to replace missing wood; either replace entire wood member or splice new wood part into existing member. 5. Secure new wood using multiple dowels with adhesive to ensure maximum structural integrity at each repair. Use only concealed fasteners. Fill nail holes and patch surface to match surrounding sound wood. B. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces after replacements are made. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. C. Repair remaining depressions, holes, or similar voids with patch-type repairs. D. Clean spilled materials from adjacent surfaces immediately. E. Reinstall items removed for repair into original locations. F. Finish per schedule. 3.7 WOOD LOG REPAIR AT WINDOW LINTEL (W3) A. Replace wood log lintels and associated details at Deedie's House east and west walls to match existing. Custom fabricate new wood to replace missing wood. New wood log to replicate the existing log lintel in size, shape and general appearance. B. Document and remove existing deteriorated wood logs. C. Reuse existing threaded rods. Remove all rust and apply rust-inhibiting coating, if required. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 170 of 220 D. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces before replacements are made. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. E. Install new wood log lintel using existing threaded rods. Provide new stainless-steel washers and nuts. Provide new wood plug to cover anchors. F. Repair remaining depressions, holes, or similar voids with patch-type repairs. G. Repair and/ or replace wood logs underneath the ends of the wood log lintel. H. Clean spilled materials from adjacent surfaces immediately. I. Reinstall items removed for repair into original locations. J. Finish per schedule. 3.8 WOOD ROOF REPLACEMENT AT PUMP HOUSE (W4) A. Damage to wood roof members at the Pump House is extensive. Intention is to salvage clay tile roof and reinstall over new roof framing and waterproofing. 1. Remove surface-attached items from wood surface before performing wood- replacement repairs unless otherwise indicated. 2. Windmill framing is to remain undisturbed during reconstruction of Pump House roof. 3. Verify that surfaces are sufficiently clean and free of paint residue prior to repair. 4. Remove broken, rotted, and decayed wood down to sound wood. 5. Custom fabricate new wood to replace missing wood; either replace entire wood member or splice new wood part into existing member. Existing log components may be salvaged and reinstalled if they are not deteriorated. B. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces after replacements are made. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. C. Repair remaining depressions, holes, or similar voids with patch-type repairs. D. Provide new wood roof deck to match existing deck. Provide new underlayment and waterproof membrane over new wood deck. Flash around the metal windmill frame to create a watertight roof assembly. Provide drip edge at roof edges and install roof tiles. E. Repair damage at wood walls, including deteriorated wood plate at base of wall. F. Finish exposed wood components per schedule. 3.9 CLEANING A. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. {'. •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 171 of 220 B. Protect wood surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Monitor wood surfaces adjacent to and below exterior concrete and masonry during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances contact wood surfaces, remove contaminants immediately. C. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after historic wood repair. Avoid damage to coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, patching materials, dirt, and other substances. END OF SECTION 06 01 21 ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 172 of 220 Part 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 07 32 13 CLAY ROOF TILES A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roofing work includes partial and full remqval and replacement of the tile clay tile roof, underlayment, securement system, and associated sheet metal flashings. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 076000 -Flashing and Sheet Metal: Metal roof-penetration flashings, counter flashings, and flashings. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D1079, glossaries in RTI/WSRCA's "Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Design Criteria Installation Manual for Moderate Climate Regions," and NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For replacement clay tiles demonstrating dimensions, color, and texture match to existing clay tiles. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Test Reports: For each type of tile. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For clay tiles, fasteners, and fastener systems. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For clay tile roofing to include in maintenance manuals. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 173 of 220 B. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.8 SAMPLES AND MOCK-UPS A. Full size standard pan and cover tile B. Underlayment (12" sqr.) C. Mortar and/or roof cement D. Fasteners E. Polyurethane caulking F. A 3-foot by 3-foot mock-up section of new tile system (including underlayment and fastening system) will be set up on the roof for review and approval by architect and owner. 1.9 SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Transport and deliver tiles on manufacturer's original pallets and in a manner to avoid physical damage. Clearly identify manufacturer, trade name, style and color of palletized material Stack palletized tiles not more than two pallets high; stack loose tile on butt end on blocking and straight as possible in level rows not more than two tiles high. Do not store tiles in flat position. Do not store tiles under trees or shrubs to avoid soil compaction near landscaped areas. Do not stack tiles on roof in quantities exceeding six tiles high on 12" centers at every third course on slope. 2. Store rolls of underlayment on ends and protect from weather. 3. Store fasteners in original, unopened containers until used. C. The building will be protected from damage due to rain, wind or other adverse weather conditions during the entire project. Additionally, all areas inside the building will be protected by the roofing contractor from damage dust, debris or other foreign material associated with roof installation. Failure to protect the building and/or its contents and if damage occurs, the contractor will replace or repair this damage with no additional cost to the owner. The repair or replacement will be immediate upon notification by the owner. Replacement shall be in kind. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Roofing Installer's Warranty: Roofing Installer's warranty, signed by roofing Installer, covering Work of this Section, in which roofing Installer agrees to repair or ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 174 of220 replace components of concrete tile roofing that fail in materials, fabrication, or installation within the following warranty period: Warranty Period: Provide a 5-year installer's warranty for correcting failure of clay tile roofing system to resist penetration of water. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 CLAY TILE A. Roof tile shall be a combination of salvageable existing tile and new tile. B. Replacement Clay Tile: ASTM C1167, molded-or extruded-clay roof tile units of shape and configuration indicated, kiln fired to vitrification, and free of surface imperfections. Provide with fastening holes pre-punched at factory before firing. 1. Durability: Grade 1. 2. Profile Match existing. 3. Size: Match existing. 4. Heap Lap: Match existing. 5. Finish and Texture: Match existing. 6. Color: Match existing. 7. Clay Tile Accessories: Manufacturer's standard units, color to match roof tile. C. Furnish fittings as needed for complete installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommended and approved samples. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Roofing Nails: ASTM F1667, hot-dip galvanized steel, 0.1055-inch-(2.7-mm-) diameter shank, sharp-pointed, conventional roofing nails with barbed shanks; minimum 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) diameter head; and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4-inch (19 mm) into wood battens. 1. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as flashing. B. Wire Ties: Stainless steel, 0.083-inch (2.1-mm) minimum diameter. C. Tile Locks: Hot-dip galvanized steel, 0.1-inch-(2.5-mm-) diameter wire device designed to secure butt edges of cover tiles. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, polyurethane-based joint sealant; of Type M or S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT related to exposure, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, Use 0. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 175 of 220 B. Mortar: ASTM C270, Type M, natural color for concealed-from-view mortar. 1. Mortar Pigment: ASTM C979/C979M. Produce mortar matching the color of tile selected for exposed-to-view mortar. C. Ridge Closure: Manufacturer's standard EPDM ridge closure formed to shape of tile. D. Wood Nailers, Beveled Cant Strips and Battens: Comply with requirements in Section 060573 for pressure-preservative-treated wood. E. Flashing: Galvanized sheet metal, pre-painted, according to profiles shown on drawings. 2.4 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS: A. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 2626/D 2626M, asphalt-saturated and -coated organic felt, fine mineral surfacing on both sides, unperforated. B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment, Granular Surfaced: ASTM D 1970/D 1970M, minimum of 50-mil-(1.3-mm-) thick sheet; glass-fiber-mat-reinforced, SBS-modified asphalt; mineral-granule surfaced; with release paper backing; cold applied. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. GAF. c. Approved Equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Carefully examine, measure, and record existing tile patterns at edges, hips, ridges, and other special conditions so that they may be reproduced when reroofing. Measure the exposed dimensions and amount of lap of each type piece prior to removal, as well as length, width, and thickness after removal. Submit written/photographic report to architect. B. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Examine roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing and blocking or metal clips and that installation is within flatness tolerances. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely anchored; and that provision has been made for flashings and penetrations through roof. l' •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 176 of 220 C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 CLAY TILE REMOVAL A. Clay Tile Tear-Off: Where indicated, remove existing clay tile units and other roofing system components down to the deck. 1. Remove and dispose of existing felts and underlayment, flashings, gutters, and deteriorated roof deck material as identified by the Architect. 2. Clean and store clay tiles on site in area designated during preconstruction conference. 3. Proceed with evaluation of existing clay tiles for reuse in re-roofing operations to determine viability of units for reuse and to determine need for replacement units. 4. Protect clay tiles from damage during transport and storage, and from ongoing construction activities. 5. Remove fasteners from deck or cut fasteners off slightly above deck surface. 6. As the roofing material is removed, the contractor will clean inside any area where debris and dust is accumulating. This will include tops of concrete ceilings, light fixtures, or any other area or surface that requires cleaning due to this project. 3.3 CLAY TILE REINSTALLATION A. General: Do not start setting tiles until other trades have completed work requiring traffic on or across roof surfaces. Once roof deck has been repaired, a complete inspection by the owner's representative and roofing contractor will take place to determine readiness of substrate to receive underlayment. B. Underlayment: 1. Sweep dust, dirt and debris, leaving surface clean to receive new roofing material. Remove any sharp projections that would injure roofing membrane. 2. Install gravel stop at roof edge. 3. Install one (1) layer of self-adhering sheet underlayment per manufacturer's recommendations. Overlap horizontal joints minimum 3" and vertical joints a minimum 12" with vertical joints staggered. 4. Install felt underlayment not less than 12" under existing roof felt at high point of repaired roof area. Lap felt over self-adhering sheet underlayment. C. Flashings: 1. All flashing over tile will extend a minimum of one full "cover" tile way from the item being flashed. The flashing will wrap over the gap between the two "pan" tiles. 2. Pipe Jacks: All pipe jacks will be lead double booted. D. Roof Tiles: 1. The contractor will notify the owner's representative when the roof is ready to receive tile. The owner's representative will inspect the underlayment, flashing and other details prior to the installation of the tile. 2. Field tiles will be installed parallel to eaves,, spaced to provide uniform courses. Tile lines will be true and even at all times. 3. Ridge and hip tiles will be installed straight and uniform in distance. ,, • .-, Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 177 of 220 4. Install tile roofing according to manufacturer's instructions and as required to match existing. 5. Fasten each tile with a wire as required in each tile or fitting in the twisted wire Storm-Lock wire system. 6. Cement ridges and hip rolls in laps and where they rest on roof tiles. Fasten with twisted wire system stainless steel nails. Bedding tiles in mortar to match existing details. 5. Mortar clean-up: All mortar drips, spills or other discoloration on tiles caused by the installation process will be completely removed, or the contractor will replace the damaged tile at no additional cost to the school. 6. Fabricating fittings and special tile shapes: a. Cut tiles accurately to produce needed shapes where required. b. Tiles are to be cut using a saw. No chipping or score cutting will be allowed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or broken tiles. B. Remove excess tile and debris from Project site. C. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. END OF SECTION 07 32 13 ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 178 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 07 60 00 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal flashings of the following types: 1. Metal flashing and counter flashings. 2. Roof drainage components including downspouts. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 060121 -Finish Carpentry Restoration B. Section 073213 -Clay Tile Roofs 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Steel Sheet Thicknesses: Thickness dimensions, are mInImums as defined in referenced ASTM standards for metallic-coated (galvanized) steel sheets. Metal thicknesses indicated below correspond to former gauge thicknesses: 1. 16 Gauge: 0.053-inch (1.3-mm). 2. 18 Gauge: 0.042-inch (1.0-mm). 3. 20 Gauge: 0.040-inch (1.02-mm). 4. 22 Gauge: 0.034-inch (0.85-mm). 5. 24 Gauge: 0.028-inch (0.71-mm). 6. 26 Gauge: 0.022-inch (0.55-mm). 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Describe material profiles, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods, interface with other work and installation details. 1. Material. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 179 of 220 r 2. Thickness of material. 3. Weight. 4. Finish. 5. Location of each item and details of expansion joint covers, including the direction of expansion and contraction. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to profiles and sizes shown on drawings, and comply with "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA, for each general category of work required. B. Applicator: Applicator who has complete sheet metal flashing and trim work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this project and with a record of successful in-service performance and with 5 years minimum experience. C. Mock-ups: Build mock-ups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. Build mock-ups approximately 48-inches long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments, underlayment, and accessories. Do not proceed with the installation until the mock-ups are approved by the Architect in writing. 1. Approved mock-ups may become part of the completed work if undisturbed at the time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with a suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Fabricate and install flashings and copings capable of resisting forces for the appropriate wind zone, per Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49. C. Temperature Range: 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F, material surface. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 180 of 220 D. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the maximum range of ambient and surface temperatures provided above by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of sealant joints, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. E. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to the building interior. 1. Watertight and weatherproof performance of flashing and sheet metal work is required. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized where indicated for field painting. 1. Do not apply an acrylic passivator coating to galvanized sheet metal scheduled to be painted, or remove this coating mechanically before delivery to the project site. 2. Prime all surfaces of bonderized metal. 3. Finish: Standard (dull) mill finish; painted unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 4. Paint: Paint sheet galvanized sheet metal that is not coil-coated. B. Bedding Compound: Rubber-asphalt type. C. Plastic Cement: Asphaltic base cement. D. Solder for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM B32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead or Grade Sn60, 60 percent tin and 40 percent lead. E. Sealing Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release-paper backing. Provide elastic, non-sag, nontoxic, non- staining tape. F. Sealant: Type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight; see Section 079200. G. Flux: FS O-F-506. H. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. I. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. ,, •+;1 Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 181 of 220 r J. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D1187M. K. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F2329 or Series 300 stainless steel. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop-fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal with flat-lock seams; solder with type solder and flux recommended by manufacturer, except seal aluminum seams with sealant and, where required for strength, rivet seams and joints. C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness and weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application of metal. D. Fabricate corners, transitions, and terminations as a single unit; extend a minimum of 4- inches and a maximum of 8-inches in any direction. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from the same material as the accessory being anchored or from a compatible, non-corrosive metal. The thickness of these cleats and attachment devices should be as recommended by SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' and Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for the given application, but not less than the thickness of the metal being secured. F. Sealed Joints: Form non-expansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. G. Coat backside of fabricated sheet metal with 15-mil sulfur-free bituminous coating, SSPC-Paint 12, where required to separate metals from corrosive substrates, including cementitious materials, wood or other absorbent materials; or provide other permanent separation. ,, •,r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 182 of 220 H. Provide for thermal expansion of running sheet metal work by overlaps of expansion joints in fabricated work. Where required for watertight construction, provide hooked flanges filled with polyisobutylene mastic for 1-inch embedment of flanges. I. Space expansion joints at intervals of not more than 50-feet. Conceal expansion provisions where possible. J. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.0276-inch (0.7 mm) thick. 2. Finish: Painted. 2.4 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Gutters: 1. All fabrication and installation shall be performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and with the SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Specifications. 2. New gutters to be 5" half-round. a. Material: Galvanized Steel; 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. b. Fabricate gutters with expansion joints. c. Provide painted finish. 3. New gutters shall fit existing construction and comply with standard industry details as shown by SMACNA unless otherwise approved by the Architect. 4. Provide hangers and all accessories required to accommodate existing construction details. Coordinate details with architect. 5. Provide new gutters at east and west walls of the Cantina roof. Attach gutter to rafter tails at east roof edge and to existing fascia board at west roof edge. B. Downspouts: ASTM A53/A53M; Type For Type S, Grade A, standard weight Schedule 40 pipe; coped and mitered, hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Furnish with metal hangers, supports, and anchors. 1. Material: Galvanized steel; 0.028-inch (0.70-mm) thick. 2. Finish: Painted. 2.5 STEEP-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Apron, Step, Cricket, and Backer Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. B. Drip Edges: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. C. Eave, Rake, Ridge, and Hip Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 183 of 220 D. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. E. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick. F. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch (0.71 mm) thick. 2.6 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which sheet metal flashing and trim are to be installed and verify that work may properly commence. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Ensure that adjacent work by other trades has been completed as required and as shown on the Drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A Allow wet substrates to dry thoroughly. B. Clean debris from all substrates. 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. Gutters: Join sections with folded joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Slope to downspouts. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 1. Install drip edge at eaves and under underlayment on existing roof sheathing and shingles. Lap ends minimum of 4 inches (100 mm). Fasten with roofing nails. 2. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 184 of 220 3. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet (15.24 m) apart. Install expansion-joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1-inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60-inches (1500 mm) oc in between. 1. Provide cobble bed at termination of downspouts to capture sediment. Direct cobble away from the Cantina. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual". Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with claps, joints, and seams that will be watertight. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch (75-mm) centers. C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4-inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4-inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4-inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten. E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. I 1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof. Use stainless steel drawband and tighten. 2. Seal top of membrane flashing with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes with stainless steel drawband. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. ,, •+f Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 185 of 220 B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. C. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. END OF SECTION 07 60 00 .,., •,; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 186 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior Joints in Vertical Surfaces and Horizontal Traffic and Non-traffic Surfaces: 1. Repairs at the red carpet stairs. B. Interior joints in Vertical and Non-Traffic Horizontal Surfaces. C. Joint sealant primers and accessories. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 030130 -Maintenance of Concrete: Route and fill crack fills at red carpet stairs with sealant. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTAL$ A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data for each product required, including instructions for joint preparation and sealant application. Include certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants, primers, and cleaners comply with local regulations controlling the use of volatile organic compounds (VOC). Include tested physical and performance properties. Include data sheets for substrate cleaners and substrate primers recommended by sealant manufacturer for specific substrate surface conditions. B. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1 /2-inch-(13-mm-) wide joints formed between two 6-inch- (150-mm-) long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. 1. Submit 2 copies of manufacturer's standard color chart with physical samples of each color. Submit information on availability of custom colored sealants. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 187 of 220 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Ensure that sealants selected are compatible with and will adhere to all surfaces with which they are to be in contact. B. Product Testing: Obtain test results for "Product Test Reports" Paragraph in "Submittals" Article from a qualified testing agency based on testing current sealant formulations within a 36-month period preceding the Work. 3. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E548. 4. Test elastomeric joint sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C920, and where applicable, to other standard test methods. C. Sealant manufacturer shall confirm in writing that all materials contacting the sealants, including joint backings, gaskets, spacers, and joint substrates, are compatible with the sealant to be installed. Schedule sufficient time to test these materials for compatibility with the sealant, as necessary. Compatibility tests shall be performed to the sealant manufacturer's standards. 1. Determine if priming and/or other preparation techniques are required. 2. Determine compatibility of exterior joint sealant with stone material to be used. Verify that joint sealant oils do not migrate onto stone face causing visual banding while wet or dry. Manufacturer shall perform staining tests of sealant systems in accordance with ASTM C510 and ASTM 02203 methods for each joint substrate condition in the work. 3. Testing for adhesion is not required if sealant manufacturer has performed previous testing of proposed sealants for adhesion to and compatibility with required joints substrates. D. Sealant manufacturer shall confirm in writing the appropriate joint preparation and priming techniques required to obtain rapid, acceptable adhesion of the joint sealants to the joint substrates. ' E. Pre-Installation Meeting: Review joint application procedures, compatibility tests, adhesion tests, and warranty requirements in a meeting involving installer, manufacturer or manufacturer's representative, building owner or manager, consultant, and contractor. F. Mockup: Build mockup incorporating sealant joints, as follows, to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution: 1. Joints in mockup of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive elastomeric joint sealants, which are specified by reference to this Section. ,., •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 188 of 220 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials intact and legible. 8. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. Below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 3. When joint substrates are wet or retaining moisture. 8. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Failure of the materials, fabrication, and installation include leakage, hardening, cracking, crumbling, melting, shrinkage or running of the sealant or caulking, or the staining of adjacent materials. C. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of elastomeric joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design or construction. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. l' •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 189 of 220 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water-resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2.3 EXTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Concrete "Red Carpet" Walkway Joint Sealant: Immersible, Single-Component, Pourable, Traffic Grade Polyurethane Joint Sealant. ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 100/50, Use T and I. 1. Acceptable Sealants: a. Tremco, Inc., Vulkem 45 SSL. b. Sika Corporation, Inc., Sikaflex Textured Sealant c. W.R. Meadows; Pourthane SL. 2. Color to match epoxy paint coating. B. Exterior Silicone Weatherproofing and Control Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, also ASTM C1193 and tested under ASTM C719; Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, Use NT, M, G, A, and O; single component, low-modulus, non-sag sealant, use at exterior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces such as but not limited to: 1. Joints in exterior plaster wall systems. 2. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors, windows, and similar openings. {'\ - •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 190 of 220 3. Other exterior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces for which no other sealant is specified. 4. Acceptable Sealants: a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 790. b. Pecora Corporation; 890. c. Tremco; Spectrem 1. C. Reglets and Flashings Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, A, and O; single component elastomeric. 1. Acceptable Sealants: a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 795. b. Pecora Corporation; 895NST. c. Tremco, Inc.; Spectrem 2. 2.4 INTERIOR JOINT SEALANTS A. Interior Weatherproofing and Control Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, G, A, and O; single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, non-sagging type; color as selected; use in interior surfaces such as, but not limited to: 1. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. 2. Perimeter joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior openings. 3. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and similar openings. 4. Other interior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces subject to movement for which no other sealant is specified. 5. Acceptable Sealants: a. Pecora Corporation; Dynatrol I-XL. b. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex 1a. c. BASF (Sonneborne); NP 1. d. Tremco; Dymonic FC. B. Interior Latex Joint Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C834, Type S, Use 0, Grade NS; use at interior joints in vertical surfaces and non-traffic horizontal surfaces such as, but not limited to: 1. Perimeters of interior door and window frames. 2. Interior wall surfaces scheduled to receive latex paints. 3. Trim or finish joints subject to movement. 4. Acceptable Sealants: a. Pecora Corporation; AC-20. b. BASF (Sonneborn); Sonolac. c. Tremco; Tremflex 834. C. Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25; Use NT, G, A, and O; use on non-porous interior surfaces under high humidity and temperature extremes. For use in the following: {"\ •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 191 of 220 1. Bathrooms and similar applications where joints need protection against fungi and bacteria. 2. Perimeters of plumbing fixtures. 3. Acceptable Sealants: a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning 786. b. Pecora, Inc. 898. c. Tremco, Inc Tremsil 200. 2.5 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings and accessory materials, including primers, of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Foam Joint Fillers: Non-gassing, preformed, compressible, resilient, non-staining, non- waxing, non-extruding strips of flexible plastic foam of one of materials indicated below, as recommended by manufacturer for compatibility with their sealant; of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth, prevent three-sided adhesion, provide a surface against which to tool, and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin) or Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance and as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Flexible cellular rubber tubing complying with ASTM D1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 26 deg F (minus 32 deg C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and to otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from pre-construction joint sealant-substrate tests and field tests. Certify that primer will not permanently stain adjacent joint surfaces. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Non-staining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints, to mask off adjacent joint surfaces where sealant is not permanently intended to be applied. ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 192 of 220 D. Bondbreaker Tape: Polyethylene pressure sensitive adhesive tape, to be used in areas where backer rod cannot fit and where three-sided adhesion is to be avoided. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. B. Verify that joint sizes and surfaces are free of defects and acceptable for installation of joint sealants. C. Verify joint dimensions and shapes to ensure they are within the sealant manufacturer's guidelines. Resolve any variances prior to installation. Do not proceed with sealant installation until the unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean the areas that the new sealant will contact using a de-greasing solvent not harmful to the environment using the two-rag wipe technique. IPA (isopropyl alcohol) is not a degreasing solvent. The new sealant should have a minimum contact area of 1/4". B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 193 of 220 c. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed ceramic tile. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 JOINT PRIMING A. Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on pre-construction joint sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. B. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Allow primer to dry. Do not prime areas that cannot be sealed the same day. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SEALANT BACKINGS A. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. 3. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. E. Install joint backing to maintain the following joint ratios, but in no case less than 1/4 inch (6 mm): ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 194 of 220 1. Joints up to 1/2 inch wide: 1 :1 width to depth ratio. 2. Joints Greater than 1/2 inch wide: 2:1 width to depth ratio; maximum 1/2 inch joint depth. 3. Sub-caulk joints that are deep, or joints without suitable backstop, to proper depth. 4. Protect side walls of joint (to depth of caulking) with bond breaker tape. 5. Install with adhesive on 2 faces in contact with sides of joints. F. Tooling of Non-sag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint configuration where indicated per Figure 5B in ASTM C 1193. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants and sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. B. Leave finished work in a neat, clean condition with no evidence of spillovers onto adjacent surfaces. C. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. 3. 7 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. B. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 195 of 220 SECTION 09 03 20 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Repair and replacement of historic interior and exterior lime and cement plaster on adobe and wood framing. Generally, two coats will be required, though some areas may require an additional preliminary leveling coat. It shall also be used for repairs within existing lime-plastered areas. B. Related Requirements: Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. Section 040336 "Historic Treatment of Adobe Masonry" for adobe wall repair treatment requirements. Section 099100 'Painting" for finish requirements. 1.3 UNIT PRICES A. Perform historic treatment of plaster under quantity allowances shown within the plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. B. Provide sq.ft unit cost w/ schedule of values to be used in the event of authorize of change order. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform historic treatment of plaster in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 196 of 220 Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware that overlie plaster surfaces except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. Examine condition of plaster surfaces. Clean plaster surface and remove paint and other finishes to the extent required. Repair and replace existing plaster and supports to the degree required for a uniform, tightly adhered surface on which to paint or apply other finishes. Cure repaired surfaces and allow them to dry for proper finishing. Paint and apply other finishes. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Inspection of the following: Lime Putty: Inspection of lime slaking drums after mixing (to the consistency of mayonnaise) is required by the Architect. Use of the resulting lime plaster can only occur after three weeks from inspection date. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications: Work of this Section shall be performed by a firm with not less than 5 years successful experience in comparable rehabilitation and restoration projects. Firm shall have expertise in all of the Work listed in the Summary of this Section. Firm shall employ personnel and supervisors skilled in the rehabilitation and restoration processes and operations indicated. B. Preconstruction Conference: The Owner's Representative, Architect, Contractor, Project Manager and Foreman responsible for the Work of this Section shall attend one pre- construction conference. C. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment processes for each type of plaster repair and reconstruction work to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation. Locate mockups on existing surfaces where directed by Architect. Number and Size: Two wall surfaces of at least 10 sq. ft. or approximately 48 inches in least dimension to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of plaster repair and reconstruction under same conditions as the completed Work. Include at least the following: ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 197 of 220 Patch 2 sq. ft. area of exterior plaster replacement with coursing to simulate adobe joints. Repair 3 linear ft. of plaster cracks. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. 8. Store hydrated lime and factory-prepared lime putty in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days. C. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers. D. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers. E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Avoid conditions that result in plaster drying out too quickly. Distribute heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on plaster. Maintain relative humidity levels for prevailing ambient temperature that produce normal drying conditions. Ventilate work areas in a manner that prevents drafts of air from contacting surfaces during plaster application and until plaster is dry. The lime plaster coats shall be continually kept moist for 72 hours after application. In area where direct sun is common, the plaster shall be kept moist by draping with damp burlap or similar material. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIME-PLASTER MATERIALS A. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S. ,, •;;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 198 of 220 B. Lime Putty: Slaked hydrated lime. Five bags type S lime mixed with clean water in a 55-gallon plastic drum to the consistency of mayonnaise. Once the desired consistency has been achieved, cover the top of mixture with 2" of water and let sit for three weeks minimum. Secure tops of drums with lids. Inspect drums as required to assure that water is constantly covering lime putty. No putty that has been allowed exposure to air may be used. C. Lime Milk: The general mix for lime milk is 1 quart lime putty to 50 gallons of clean water. Mix these well in plastic drum. Re-agitation is not required. D. Sand Aggregates: ASTM C 897. Scratch-Coat Sand: The aggregate should be angular with approximately 75% retained in a #6 sieve, and the balance evenly distributed in the 1/8-inch to 3/8 -inch range. Finish-Coat Sand: Match size, texture, and gradation of existing sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. E. Clay Binder: The clay should be local with no more than 15% silt by volume. F. Water: Shall be potable. G. Chicken Wire Reinforcing: Stainless Steel Hex Mesh, 1-inch weave I match existing. Provide stainless steel anchors. 2.2 LIME-PLASTER MIXES A. Scratch Coat Mix Mix should consist of approximately eight parts aggregate, to two parts clay, and one part lime putty. Aggregate: The aggregate should be angular with approximately 75% retained in a #6 sieve, and the balance evenly distributed in the 1/8-inch to 3/8 -inch range. Clay: The clay should be local with no more than 15% silt by volume. Lime Putty: The putty should be Type S lime slaked for three weeks minimum. B. Finish Coat Mix should consist of approximately five parts aggregate, to one part clay, and one part lime putty. Aggregate: Match size, texture, and gradation of existing sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. Clay: The clay should be local with no more than 15% silt by volume. Lime Putty: The putty should be Type S lime slaked for three weeks minimum. {'\ • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 199 of 220 2.3 CEMENT PLASTER MATERIALS A. Use formulation that is vapor and water permeable (equal to or more than the existing plaster), exhibits low shrinkage, has lower modulus of elasticity than the plaster being repaired, and develops high bond strength to surrounding plaster and lath. B. Formulate patching compound in textures, and grain to match plaster being patched. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup: Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. Consistency of each application. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER, GENERAL A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect. B. General: In treating historic plaster, disturb it as minimally as possible and as follows unless otherwise indicated: Preserve and protect historic decorative etchings at exterior wall surfaces. Do not modify or remove historic etchings. Dismantle loose, damaged, or deteriorated plaster, and support systems that cannot be repaired. Verify extent of plaster deterioration against that indicated on Drawings.· Consult Architect on types and extent of required work. Verify that substrate surface conditions are suitable for repairs. Leave repaired plasterwork in proper condition for applying finishes as indicated. Install temporary protective measures to protect historic surfaces that shall be treated later. C. Illumination: Perform plastering work with adequate, uniform illumination that does not distort the flatness or curvature of surfaces. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 200 of 220 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate and environmental conditions, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. If existing substrates cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for plastering work, notify Architect in writing. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. B. Masonry Substrates: Provide plaster key in adobe masonry by raking out alternate head joints in adobe prior to installing scratch coats. C. Begin historic plastering work only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PLASTER CRACK REPAIR (P1) A. General: Repair cracks over 1/8 inch in width in otherwise sound plaster. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable. B. Open crack to at least 1/4 inch in width and full depth with V-groove tool, and check for bond separation. C. Abrade side surfaces of crack and remove inner crack debris by gouging (keying) the inside area of the crack. D. Clean out crack to remove loose materials and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material. Where grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, or other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material have penetrated into the plaster, widen the crack to remove these deposits. E. Wet substrate to damp condition, but without visible water droplets. F. Install finish-coat plaster to fill crack to original plaster profile. G. Finishing: Finish flat surfaces flush and with same texture as adjacent existing plaster. 3.4 LIME PLASTER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (P2) A. General: 1. Dismantle plaster that is damaged or deteriorated to the limits indicated on the drawings or as determined in the field based on examination and sounding of plaster surfaces using a solid metal tool. Carefully dismantle areas along straight edges that lie over supports, without damaging surrounding plasterwork. 2. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. l' •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 201 of 220 3. Clean substrate surfaces to remove grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, debris, and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material. 4. Wet masonry and stone bases before plaster application. Keep substrate damp to the touch but without visible water droplets. 5. Wet remaining plaster abutting the replacement plaster before installing new plasterwork. 6. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated. B. Chicken Wire Reinforcing at Interior Adobe Walls: At area of plaster replacement install chicken wire reinforcing to adobe substrate. Attach with stainless steel anchors according to best practices. Verify attachment with Architect. C. Lime-Plaster Scratch and Leveling Coats: 1. Lightly wet wall with lime milk within work area. 2. Apply first coat of lime plaster in thicknesses no greater than 3/4". 3. The leveling or rough coats of lime plaster shall be scratched using a standard stucco tool prior to drying. This scratch shall be deeper and further apart than traditional stucco scratches. Recommend approximately 3/4" wide, 1/2" deep, and 2" on center. These "keys" shall be primarily horizontal. D. Lime-Plaster Finish Coat: 1. Install finish coat to match the surface contour of the e~isting plaster walls. 2. The lime plaster coats shall be continually kept moist for 72 hours after application. In areas where severe direct sun is common, the plaster shall be kept moist by draping with damp burlap or similar material. 3. Provide smooth-troweled finish at interior surface.4. Rake plaster joints at exterior plaster patch to match the coursing of adjacent adobe units. E. Hairline cracking within the plaster or plaster separation at edge of a replacement is unacceptable. Completely dismantle such work and reinstall or repair as a crack repair. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A, Protect work of other trades against damage. Promptly remove plaster from surfaces not indicated to be repaired or plastered. Do not scratch or damage finished surfaces. B. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering. C. Correct damage to other historic surfaces and to new work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. END OF SECTION 09 03 20 l' •+; Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 202 of 220 SECTION 09 25 26 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF LIME WASH PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Application of lime wash finish over lime plaster. 2. Application of lime wash finish over adobe masonry and mud plaster. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 090320 "Historic Treatment of Plaster" for repair and replacement of plaster. 3. Section 040336 "Historic Treatment of Adobe Masonry" for repair of adobe walls. 1.3 UNIT PRICES A. Perform historic treatment of adobe masonry under quantity allowances shown on plans and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and Specifications. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders. B. Provide sq.ft unit cost w/ schedule of values to be used in the event of authorize of change order. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform historic treatment of lime wash finish in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 203 of 220 1. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware that overlie plaster surfaces except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 2. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 3. Clean surface and remove paint and other finishes to the extent required. 4. Complete surface repairs and allow them to dry for proper finishing. 5. Apply lime wash finish. 6. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Inspection of the following: 1. Lime Putty: Inspection of lime slaking drums after mixing (to the consistency of mayonnaise) is required by the Architect. Use of the resulting lime wash can only occur after three weeks from inspection date. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Restoration Specialist Qualifications: Work of this Section shall be performed by a firm with not less than 5 years successful experience in comparable rehabilitation and restoration projects. Firm shall have expertise in all of the Work listed in the Summary of this Section. Firm shall employ personnel and supervisors skilled in the rehabilitation and restoration processes and operations indicated. B. Preconstruction Conference: The Owner's Representative, Architect, Contractor, Project Manager and Foreman responsible for the Work of this Section shall attend one pre- construction conference. C. Mockups: Prepare mockups of historic treatment processes for each type of lime wash work to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation. 1. Locate mockups on existing surfaces where directed by Architect. 2. Number and Size: Two wall surfaces of at least 10 sq. ft. or approximately 48 inches in least dimension to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each type of lime wash under same conditions as the completed Work. Include at least the following: a. Application of 10 sq. ft. of lime wash finish at the exterior adobe wall. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 5. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 204 of 220 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store hydrated lime and factory-prepared lime putty in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers. C. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain relative humidity levels for prevailing ambient temperature that produce normal drying conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 LIME WASH FINISH MATERIALS A. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S. B. Lime Putty: Slaked hydrated lime. Five bags type S lime mixed with clean water in a 55-gallon plastic drum to the consistency of mayonnaise. Once the desired consistency has been achieved, cover the top of mixture with 2" of water and let sit for three weeks minimum. Secure tops of drums with lids. Inspect drums as required to assure that water is constantly covering lime putty. No putty that has been allowed exposure to air may be used. C. Lime Milk: The general mix for lime milk is 1 quart lime putty to 50 gallons of clean water. Mix these well in plastic drum. Re-agitation is not required. D. Water: Shall be potable. F. G. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup: 1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. b. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 205 of 220 2.2 LIME WASH MIXES A. Exterior Lime Wash 1. Lime putty is diluted with lime milk to the consistency of a thin heavy cream. 2. Assure that lime is in full suspension with water during entire application process by mixing frequently. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF LIME WASH, GENERAL A. B. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect. C. Illumination: Perform lime wash work with adequate, uniform illumination that does not distort the flatness or curvature of surfaces. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate and environmental conditions, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 6. If existing substrates cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for lime wash work, notify Architect in writing. 7. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. B. Begin historic lime wash work only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PREPARATION FOR LIME WASH A. Clean surfaces to remove previous non-compatible coatings, dust, loose particles, grease, oil and other and deposits that could impair bond with soil plaster substrate. B. Lime wash application requires mechanical bond for best adherence; if required, roughen surface of adobe or plaster with fine abrasive such as steel wool or wire brush. 3.4 APPLICATION OF LIME WASH A. Any new lime-plastered walls shall have cured for 72 hours prior to lime wash application. B. All existing lime-plastered walls are to be cleaned of loose material prior to lime wash application. All surfaces to be moistened with lime milk prior to application. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 206 of 220 C. Assure that lime is in full suspension with water during entire application process by mixing frequently. D. Apply with soft to medium bristle brush in thin layers that are allowed to dry before recoating. Apply sufficient thin layers of lime wash to produce an opaque coating with no areas of adobe or plaster visible. E. Apply four coats of lime wash at the exterior with thick soft natural bristle brush, allowing previous coats to dry to the touch before reapplication. F. Apply two coats of lime wash at the interior with thick soft natural bristle brush, allowing previous coats to dry to the touch before reapplication. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades against damage. Promptly remove lime wash from surfaces not indicated to be finished. Do not scratch or damage finished surfaces. B. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during lime wash application. C. Correct damage to other historic surfaces and to new work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. END OF SECTION 09 25 26 ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 207 of 220 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING A. Drawings and Contract Documents, including Supplemental Provisions, Technical Specifications, and Appendices, apply to this Section. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior items and surfaces. 8. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. C. Painting exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. D. Surface preparation and application of wood stains and clear wood finishes. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 055000 -Metal fabrications: Shop-priming ferrous metal. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. 1. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing and applying each coating material proposed for use. 2. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 3. Printout of MPl's current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the product proposed for use highlighted. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 208 of 220 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Provide paint cards fully labeled with manufacturer of each paint system applied on the project. Provide the following with each system: 1. Manufacturer name. 2. Manufacturer's paint product. 3. Primer name and number. 4. Color name and number. 5. Gloss level. 6. Locations where used. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. 1. 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." B. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying exterior wood stains similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance. C. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers, stains, and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. D. Field Samples: Apply field sample of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution prior to commencing work. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 10 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Components: One full component as directed. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review. 4. Install field sample using means and methods identical to those that are going to be employed during full production. 5. Allow coating to cure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 209 of 220 6. Perform adhesion test on existing paint to remain using X-cut method per ASTM 03359. Ratings 4A and SA acceptable. 7. Final approval of color selections will be based on field sample. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 8. Approval of field sample does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in field sample unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing .. 1.8 SITE CONDITIONS A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (1 O deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. D. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering interior 0-low VOC paint products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore; EcoSpec WB. 2. Glidden Professional; Lifemaster No voe. 3. Kelly-Moore; Enviro-Cote. 4. Sherwin-Williams; Harmony Coating System. 5. PPG Architectural Finishes; Pure Performance. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering exterior paint products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore. 2. Glidden Professional. 3. Kelly-Moore. 4. Sherwin-Williams. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 210 of 220 5. PPG Architectural Finishes. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering stain products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. Cabot Incorporated, Samuel. 3. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado). 4. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 5. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. D. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to the manufacturer's standard color designations. E. voe Content: Products shall comply with voe limits of authorities having jurisdiction and, for interior paints and coatings applied at Project site, the following voe limits, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 3. Dry-Fog Coatings: 150 g/L. 4. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 100 g/L. 5. Anticorrosive and Antirust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 6. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 7. Pretreatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 211 of 220 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. D. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 4. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent. E. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes acceptance of substrates and condJtions. 3.2 PREPARATION, GENERAL A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. 1. Remove all staples, push pins, nails, and miscellaneous fasteners, hardware, abandoned wires, paper, and junk, etc. from all surfaces to receive paint. Patch or fill all holes and prep for finishing. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using the specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others. ,, •ff Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 212 of 220 D. Follow proper procedures, methods, guidelines, and regulations for paint preparation related to lead paint sanding. Wear goggles, NIOSH-approved respirators, rubber gloves, and appropriate clothing. E. Clean building exterior using pressurized hot water. 1. Clean heavily soiled areas with fiber brush and water. 2. Equip pressure washer with fan tip nozzle of 250 degree minimum. 3. Do not permit water temperature to exceed 180 degrees F. 4. Do not permit water pressure to exceed 1,200 psi. F. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions. G. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. H. Factory-Primed and Enamel Substrates: Wipe clean and dry. I. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. 3.3 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove all hardware and other obstacles prior to painting and protect so that factory finish is not damaged in any manner. This shall include, but not be limited to, light fixtures, plates, grilles, name plates, and other similar items. 2. Removal, disconnection, reconnection, and reinstallation shall be performed by skilled workers in the trades involved. 3. Items that cannot be removed and are to remain paint-free shall be protected by masking or other appropriate means to ensure a neat and clean paint job. B. Removable Equipment: Remove and reinstall heating equipment including thermostats, fan speed switches, and other associated controls, built-in furniture, plumbing fixtures such as toilets, stand-alone sink cabinets, and other equipment and furniture that can be removed, painted behind, and reinstalled. 1. Removal, disconnection, reconnection, and reinstallation shall be performed by skilled workers in the trades involved. 2. Equipment that is to remain in place will be identified by the District Representative. 3. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify such equipment and furniture and include all items in their bid price. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 213 of 220 4. The removal and temporary storage of this equipment will be on-site. The Contraction shall be responsible for transportation and any damage to the items during this process. C. Existing Painted Finishes: 1. Clean existing painted surfaces and remove oil, grease, dust, stains, scale, efflorescence, mildew, mold, algae, blisters, and non-adhering paint. 2. Perform cleaning operations prior to mechanical cleaning; schedule cleaning so contaminants from cleaning process do not fall onto wet, newly painted surfaces. 3. Measure adhesion of existing paints using ASTM D3359 tape test; remove existing coatings not achieving minimum ratings of 9 to 10. 4. Feather edges of severely deteriorated paint where several coats are removed as part of cleaning, to provide smooth transition for new paint. 5. Fill holes, cracks, and defects and fill and sand smooth, ready for new paint finish. D. Plaster: 1. Clean plaster adjacent to new repairs so that the paint bonds and blends into ney,, and old, minimum 6 inches beyond repairs. 2. Allow new plaster to cure thoroughly (30 days minimum) prior to applying paint. Moisture content shall be 8 percent or less, as measured with a moisture meter, at time of paint application. 3. Scrub surfaces of existing plaster with a solution of 10 percent tri-sodium- phosphate to remove any glaze, and to etch the surface. Wash the solution from the surface using clean water. 4. Patch cracks, holes and defects with patching plaster. Remove all powder and dust by washing with clear water. 5. Spot prime patches and stains. E. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Remove excess build-up of multiple layers of existing paint to restore original profiles to the greatest extent possible. 1. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended known sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 2. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately on delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including wood column wraps. a. When transparent finish is required, backprime with spar varnish. 3. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to project site; prime edges, ends, faces, undersides and backsides of wood. 4. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately on delivery. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 214 of 220 3.4 PRIME COATS A. Before application of finish coats, apply prime coat(s) as recommended by the manufacturer to the material required to be painted or finished, and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to assure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. B. Apply primers to metal surfaces in the field under any of the following circumstances: 1. Where it can be established that shop primer was applied more than 30 days (7 days for some primers, verify with metal shop) before delivery to the site. 2. If shop-applied primer is contaminated during transport or storage. 3. If salts are deposited from marine fog, road salts, construction dusts, etc. during storage. 3.5 MATERIALS PREPARATION A. Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. B. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. D. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. 3.6 PAINT APPLICATION A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. C. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. D. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. E. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions. 1. Slightly vary the color of succeeding coats. a. Do not apply additional coats until the completed coat has been inspected and approved. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 215 of 220 b. Only the inspected and approved coats of paint will be considered in determining the number of coats applied. 2. Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5 feet. 3. On removable panels and hinged panels, paint the back sides to match the exposed sides. F. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. G. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. H. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. I. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted. 3.7 STAIN APPLICATION A. Mixing: Mix and prepare stains according to manufacturer's written instructions. Stir stain thoroughly before applying and frequently during application to maintain color consistency. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and then strain material before using. B. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated. 2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. C. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. D. Minimum Spreading Rate: Apply stain at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to ensure proper penetration. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of stain material being applied. 1. Do not apply stain on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry when recommended by stain manufacturer. Ensure that each coat is dry and hard before applying succeeding coat. ,, •+' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 216 of 220 E. Apply stain evenly with brush. Thoroughly stain edges and ends of boards. Brush out excess stain that collects in butts of boards. Avoid staining in direct sunlight. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brushes of appropriate size for surface being stained. 2. Drying Time: Allow a minimum of 24 hours between coats unless directed otherwise by manufacturer. 3.8 SCHEDULING PAINTING A. Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. B. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. 3.9 APPLICATION PROCEDURES A. Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. B. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. C. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements. 3.10 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. ,, •+r Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 217 of 220 B. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Construction Waste Management: Manage construction waste in accordance with State and local codes and ordinances. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.12 PAINT SYSTEMS SCHEDULES A. Schedule: Only major areas are scheduled. Treat miscellaneous and similar items and areas within room or space with similar system. B. Number of Coats: Where number of coats are specified, it is only as a minimum requirement. Apply additional coats, at no additional cost to Owner, if necessary to completely hide base material, produce uniform color, and provide satisfactory finish result. C. Systems Specifications: These specifications are a guide and are meant to establish procedure and quality. Confer with Architect to determine exact finish desired. D. Acceptance of Final Colors: Do not apply final coats of paint for either exterior and interior systems until colors have been accepted by Architect. E. Painted surfaces shall be considered unacceptable, as judged solely by the Architect, if any of the following are evident under natural lighting source for exterior surfaces and final lighting source (including daylight) for interior surfaces: 1. Visible defects are evident on vertical surfaces when viewed at normal viewing angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm). 2. Visible defects are evident on horizontal surfaces when viewed at normal viewing angles from a distance of not less than 39-inches (1000 mm). 3. Visible defects are evident on ceiling, soffit and other overhead surfaces when viewed at normal viewing angles. 4. When the final coat on any surface exhibits a lack of uniformity of color, sheen, texture, and hiding across full surface area. ,, • ., Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 218 of 220 5. Coating exhibits lack of full adhesion to surfaces, including but not limited to bubbling, peeling, chipping, and other adhesion defects. 3.13 FINISH SCHEDULE A References used in this schedule are based on systems described in the Painting and Decorating Contractors of America, Master Painters Institute, Architectural Painting Specification Manual (MPI). B. Exterior Paint at Wood Walls 1. Latex Paint over Stain-Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 6.3A. c. Prime Coat: Alkyd stain-resistant and mildew-resistant primer. d. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. e. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). C. Exterior Paint at Adobe Walls 1. Latex Paint over Stain-Resistant Primer System: a. Prime Coat: Alkyd stain-resistant and mildew-resistant primer for masonry. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). D. Exterior Paint at Rafters, Beams, & Soffits: 1. Latex Paint over Stain-Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 6.3A. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd stain-resistant and mildew-resistant primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). E. Exterior White Wash at Rafters & Soffits: 1. Latex Paint over Stain-Resistant Primer System: a. Prime Coat: Alkyd stain-resistant and mildew-resistant primer, diluted 50%. b. Topcoat: Exterior latex, diluted 50% (flat). F. Interior Paint at Adobe Walls 1. Latex Paint over Stain-Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 6.3A. f. Prime Coat: Alkyd stain-resistant and mildew-resistant primer for masonry. g. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. h. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). G. Stain at Rafters, Beams & Soffits 1. Semi-transparent Stain: MPI EXT 6.2L i. Two Stain Coats: Semi-transparent stain. J. Steel Support: ,, •+;' Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 219 of 220 1. Polyurethane, Pigmented (over epoxy primer): MPI EXT 5.3L a. Prime Coat: Epoxy primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Polyurethane (flat). K. Painted Exterior Concrete Slab at Red Carpet Stairs 1. Epoxy Floor Paint a. Seal-Krete Epoxy Seal Concrete and Garage Floor Paint, color as selected by architect. Prepare surface per manufacturer's recommendations. L. Plaster and Lime Wash: See Section 090320 and Section 092526. END OF SECTION 09 91 00 ,, •~ Revised 6/15/17 Contract No. 4737 Page 220 of 220